This op works like .tx_status, except it does not need access to the
skb. This will be used by drivers that cannot match tx status
information to specific packets.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fixes a crash on attempting to calculate the frame duration for a VHT
packet (which needs to be handled by hw/driver instead).
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of keeping track of all those special cases where
VLAN interfaces have no bss_conf.chandef, just make sure
they have the same as the AP interface they belong to.
Among others, this fixes a crash getting a VLAN's channel
from userspace since a NULL channel is returned as a good
result (return value 0) for VLANs since the commit below.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.18 only]
Fixes: c12bc4885f ("mac80211: return the vif's chandef in ieee80211_cfg_get_channel()")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[rewrite commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Having it as a sub-event for RSSI thresholds is very ugly,
but luckily no userspace actually uses the events yet.
Move the event to its own function call internally and to
its own event attribute in nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If there are no channels allowing 80 MHz to be used, then the
station isn't really VHT capable even if the driver and device
support it in general. In this case, exclude the VHT capability
IE from probe request frames.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The supported bandwidth field is a two-bit field, not a bitmap,
so treat it accordingly when disabling 80+80 or 160 MHz.
Note that we can only advertise "80+80 and 160" or "160", not
"80+80" by itself, so disabling 160 also disables 80+80.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
another relatively large set of changes:
* TDLS off-channel support set from Arik/Liad, with some support
patches I did
* custom regulatory fixes from Arik
* minstrel VHT fix (and a small optimisation) from Felix
* add back radiotap vendor namespace support (myself)
* random MAC address scanning for cfg80211/mac80211/hwsim (myself)
* CSA improvements (Luca)
* WoWLAN Net Detect (wake on network found) support (Luca)
* and lots of other smaller changes from many people
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=q4e6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-john-2014-11-20' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"It has been a while since my last pull request, so we accumulated
another relatively large set of changes:
* TDLS off-channel support set from Arik/Liad, with some support
patches I did
* custom regulatory fixes from Arik
* minstrel VHT fix (and a small optimisation) from Felix
* add back radiotap vendor namespace support (myself)
* random MAC address scanning for cfg80211/mac80211/hwsim (myself)
* CSA improvements (Luca)
* WoWLAN Net Detect (wake on network found) support (Luca)
* and lots of other smaller changes from many people"
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Check the queue mapping earlier, skb->queue_mapping is more likely than
skb->data to still be in d-cache.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows drivers with a firmware or chip-based rate lookup table to
use the most recent default rate selection without having to get it from
per-packet data or explicit ieee80211_get_tx_rate calls
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The rate mask code currently assumes that a rate is legacy if
IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS is not set. This might be the cause of bogus VHT
rates being reported with minstrel_ht.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When 20MHz chandef is used, 40MHz rates shouldn't be
used (by the rate-control algorithm), even if the sta
ht capabilities indicate support for it.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Singed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR with software
based scanning and generate a random MAC address for them for every
scan request with the flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to use the scan and scheduled scan request pointers during
RX to check for randomisation, make them accessible using RCU.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
local->scan_req was tested in the previous line, so it
can't be NULL.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In TDLS (e.g., TDLS off-channel) there is a requirement for
some drivers to supply an unused TID between the AP and the
device to the FW, to allow sending PTI requests and to allow
the FW to aggregate on a specific TID for better throughput.
To ensure that the allocated TID is indeed unused, this patch
introduces an API for blocking the driver from TXing on that
TID.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the HW supports IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL, allow
flushing only specific queues rather than all of them.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When receiving a TDLS channel switch request or response, parse the frame
and call a new tdls_recv_channel_switch op in the low level driver with
the parsed data.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement the cfg80211 TDLS channel switch ops and introduce new mac80211
ones for low-level drivers.
Verify low-level driver support for the new ops when using the relevant
wiphy feature bit. Also verify the peer supports channel switching before
passing the command down.
Add a new STA flag to track the off-channel state with the TDLS peer and
make sure to cancel the channel-switch if the peer STA is unexpectedly
removed.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These are used in TDLS channel switching code.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Split the data-generating from the Tx-sending functionality, as we do
not want to send templates to the lower driver. Also add an optional
chandef argument to the data-generating portion. It will be used for
channel-switch templates.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The AP or peer can prohibit TDLS channel switch via a bit in the
extended capabilities IE. Parse the IE and track this bit. Set an
appropriate STA flag if both the AP and peer STA support TDLS
channel-switching.
Add the new STA flag and the missing TDLS_INITIATOR to debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Define some related TDLS protocol constants and advertise channel switch
support in the extended-capabilities IE when the feature bit is defined.
Actually supporting TDLS channel-switching also requires support for
some new nl80211 commands, to be introduced by future patches.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the BSS coex IE in case we support HT40 channels, as mandated by
section 8.5.13 in IEEE802.11 2012.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This information element is mandatory in case TDLS channel-switching is to
be supported. The channels given are ones supported and allowed to be
active in the current regulatory setting.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For some TDLS channel switch implementations data frames need to be
sent by the firmware based on a template. This template should be
created by mac80211, and thus needs to properly be built from an
802.3 frame into an 802.11 frame. In addition, the device will need
the key information so the select_key handler needs to be run.
However, the driver/device will be responsible for all of the crypto
encapsulation, as the sequence numbers etc. cannot be built by the
host anyway in this case since it's a template to be used multiple
times.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Factor out the 802.11 header building code from the xmit function
to be able to use it separately in a later commit.
While at it, fix up some documentation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of passing the band as a parameter to ieee80211_xmit()
and ieee80211_tx(), move it outside of the two functions while
making sure info->band is set up before calling them.
This removes the parameter and simplifies the follow commit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the TDLS peer station might not receive the teardown
packet (e.g., when in PS), this makes sure the packet is
retransmitted - this time through the AP - if the TDLS peer
didn't ACK the packet.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allows setting of an skb's flags - if needed - when calling
ieee80211_subif_start_xmit().
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The commit 5935839ad7
"mac80211: improve minstrel_ht rate sorting by throughput & probability"
introduced a crash on rate sorting that occurs when the rate added to
the sorting array is faster than all the previous rates. Due to an
off-by-one error, it reads the rate index from tp_list[-1], which
contains uninitialized stack garbage, and then uses the resulting index
for accessing the group rate stats, leading to a crash if the garbage
value is big enough.
Cc: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Put duplicate detection into its own RX handler, and separate
out the conditions a bit to make the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Radiotap vendor namespace data might still be useful, but we
reverted it because it used too much space in the RX status.
Put it back, but address the space problem by using a single
bit only and putting everything else into the skb->data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For multi-vif channel switches, we want to send
NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY to the userspace to let it decide whether
other interfaces need to be moved as well. This is needed when we
want a P2P GO interface to follow the channel of a station, for
example.
Modify the code so that all interfaces can send CSA notifications.
Additionally, send notifications for STA CSA as well.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Send a channel switch notification to userspace when a channel switch
is requested or when we react to a remote CSA.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The device_timestamp value was left out of the event trace for
drv_pre_channel_switch by mistake. Add it.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There was a mistake when merging commit 6d027bcc (mac80211: add
pre_channel_switch driver operation) for upstream. The assignment of
the values in the ch_switch structure came below the call to
drv_pre_channel_switch. Fix the order.
Fixes: 6d027bcc (mac80211: add pre_channel_switch driver operation)
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 7ec7c4a9a6 (mac80211: port CCMP to
cryptoapi's CCM driver) introduced a regression when decrypting empty
packets (data_len == 0). This will lead to backtraces like:
(scatterwalk_start) from [<c01312f4>] (scatterwalk_map_and_copy+0x2c/0xa8)
(scatterwalk_map_and_copy) from [<c013a5a0>] (crypto_ccm_decrypt+0x7c/0x25c)
(crypto_ccm_decrypt) from [<c032886c>] (ieee80211_aes_ccm_decrypt+0x160/0x170)
(ieee80211_aes_ccm_decrypt) from [<c031c628>] (ieee80211_crypto_ccmp_decrypt+0x1ac/0x238)
(ieee80211_crypto_ccmp_decrypt) from [<c032ef28>] (ieee80211_rx_handlers+0x870/0x1d24)
(ieee80211_rx_handlers) from [<c0330c7c>] (ieee80211_prepare_and_rx_handle+0x8a0/0x91c)
(ieee80211_prepare_and_rx_handle) from [<c0331260>] (ieee80211_rx+0x568/0x730)
(ieee80211_rx) from [<c01d3054>] (__carl9170_rx+0x94c/0xa20)
(__carl9170_rx) from [<c01d3324>] (carl9170_rx_stream+0x1fc/0x320)
(carl9170_rx_stream) from [<c01cbccc>] (carl9170_usb_tasklet+0x80/0xc8)
(carl9170_usb_tasklet) from [<c00199dc>] (tasklet_hi_action+0x88/0xcc)
(tasklet_hi_action) from [<c00193c8>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x200)
(__do_softirq) from [<c0019734>] (irq_exit+0x80/0xe0)
(irq_exit) from [<c0009c10>] (handle_IRQ+0x64/0x80)
(handle_IRQ) from [<c000c3a0>] (__irq_svc+0x40/0x4c)
(__irq_svc) from [<c0009d44>] (arch_cpu_idle+0x2c/0x34)
Such packets can appear for example when using the carl9170 wireless driver
because hardware sometimes generates garbage when the internal FIFO overruns.
This patch adds an additional length check.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 7ec7c4a9a6 ("mac80211: port CCMP to cryptoapi's CCM driver")
Acked-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ronald Wahl <ronald.wahl@raritan.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers might want to know also when mac80211 has
completed reconfiguring after resume (e.g. in order
to know when frames can be passed to mac80211).
Rename restart_complete() to a more-generic reconfig_complete(),
and add a new enum to indicate the reconfiguration type.
Update the current users with the new prototype.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Deliver up to 128 frames during service period instead of 8 if
unlimited is specified by the client during association.
8 was just an arbitrary value; so is 128 since unlimited can
be any number.
However for large traffic bursts, increasing this value looks
reasonable. Also, it seems that a few certification tests
expect more frames to be delivered during SP.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the RIC data element (RDE) is included in the IEs coming
from userspace for an association request, its handling is
currently broken as any IEs that are contained within it would
be split off from it and inserted again after all the IEs that
mac80211 generates (e.g. HT, VHT.)
To fix this, treat the RIC element specially, and stop after
it only when we find something that doesn't actually belong to
it. This assumes userspace is actually correctly building it,
directly after the fast BSS transition IE and before all the
others like extended capabilities.
This leaves as a potential problem the case where userspace is
building the following IEs:
[RDE] [vendor resource description] [vendor non-resource IE]
In this case, we'd erroneously consider all three IEs to be
part of the RIC data together, and not split them between the
two vendor IEs. Unfortunately, it isn't easily possible to
distinguish vendor IEs, so this isn't easy to fix. Luckily,
this case is rare as normally wpa_supplicant will include an
extended capabilities IE in the IEs, and that certainly will
break the two vendor IEs apart correctly.
Reviewed-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds 802.11p OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode
support.
When communicating in OCB mode a mandatory wildcard BSSID
(48 '1' bits) is used.
The EDCA parameters handling function was changed to support
802.11p specific values.
The insertion of a newly discovered STAs is done in the similar way
as in the IBSS mode -- through the deferred insertion.
The OCB mode uses a periodic 'housekeeping task' for expiration of
disconnected STAs (in the similar manner as in the MESH mode).
New Kconfig option for verbose OCB debugging outputs is added.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds new iface type (NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB) representing
the OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode.
When establishing a connection to the network a cfg80211_join_ocb
function is called (particular nl80211_command is added as well).
A mandatory parameters during the ocb_join operation are 'center
frequency' and 'channel width (5/10 MHz)'.
Changes done in mac80211 are minimal possible required to avoid
many warnings (warning: enumeration value 'NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB'
not handled in switch) during compilation. Full functionality
(where needed) is added in the following patch.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The configured tx power is often limited by hardware capabilities,
channel settings, antenna configuration, etc.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[fix tracing compilation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Upon receiving the last fragment, all but the first fragment
are freed, but the multicast check for statistics at the end
of the function refers to the current skb (the last fragment)
causing a use-after-free bug.
Since multicast frames cannot be fragmented and we check for
this early in the function, just modify that check to also
do the accounting to fix the issue.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Yosef Khyal <yosefx.khyal@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use codespell to find spelling errors.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an interface is deleted, an ongoing hardware scan is canceled and
the driver must abort the scan, at the very least reporting completion
while the interface is removed.
However, if it scheduled the work that might only run after everything
is said and done, which leads to cfg80211 warning that the scan isn't
reported as finished yet; this is no fault of the driver, it already
did, but mac80211 hasn't processed it.
To fix this situation, flush the delayed work when the interface being
removed is the one that was executing the scan.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Tested-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Due to the time it takes to process the beacon that started the CSA
process, we may be late for the switch if we try to reach exactly
beacon 0. To avoid that, use count - 1 when calculating the switch time.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we are switching from an HT40+ to an HT40- channel (or vice-versa),
we need the secondary channel offset IE to specify what is the
post-CSA offset to be used. This applies both to beacons and to probe
responses.
In ieee80211_parse_ch_switch_ie() we were ignoring this IE from
beacons and using the *current* HT information IE instead. This was
causing us to use the same offset as before the switch.
Fix that by using the secondary channel offset IE also for beacons and
don't ever use the pre-switch offset. Additionally, remove the
"beacon" argument from ieee80211_parse_ch_switch_ie(), since it's not
needed anymore.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Userspace can add keys to an AP mode interface before start_ap has been
called. If there have been no calls to start_ap/stop_ap in the mean
time, the keys will still be around when the interface is brought down.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[adjust comments, fix AP_VLAN case]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_MINSTREL_VHT is set, the module param
minstrel_vht_only tells minstrel_ht whether to allow the mix of ht rates
with vht rates.
ATM, minstrel_ht skips ht rates when minstrel_vht_only is true, but it does
that even if vht is not supported, which makes the sta rates fallback to
legacy as no ht rate gets enabled.
Fixes: 9208247d74 ("mac80211: minstrel_ht: add basic support for VHT rates <= 3SS@80MHz")
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All the callers of ieee80211_mgd_probe_ap_send return right
after they call the flush() callback. This means that calling
flush() is uneeded since its meaning is to wait until the
queues of the device are empty.
Devices that know how to report status on Tx will do so using
the regular path (ieee80211_tx_status) and this status will
trigger the continuation of the flow of the probe
(ieee80211_sta_tx_notify).
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is useful when creating virtual interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will be helpful when using the mac80211_hwsim
wiphys and automated testing. Let user create the
vifs as needed, and named as expected.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support creating wiphy devices with an optional name.
This will be used by hwsim to have better automated control
over virtual radio creation/deletion.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow drivers to iterate all stations currently uploaded to them.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During reconfig the station list is traversed in order and station are
added back to the driver. Make sure the stations are added to the driver
in the same order they were added to mac80211.
This has a real side effect - some drivers (iwlwifi) require TDLS
stations to be added only after the AP station for the same network.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers need to know which station is the TDLS link initiator.
Expose this value via the mac80211 ieee80211_sta structure.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an IV is generated, only the MAC header is moved back. The network
header location remains the same relative to the skb head, as the new IV
is using headroom space that was reserved in advance.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Export ieee80211_ie_split function, so it can be reused by
drivers which need to insert additional elements.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When displaying a rate through debugfs minstrel_ht guesses its flags
comparing group indexes. Since 3ec373c421 ("mac80211: minstrel_ht:
include type (cck/ht) in rates flag"), the rate flags of interest are
present in the mcs_group-s, so use it.
While improving the code, this also fixes a smatch false positive
"error: testing array offset 'i' after use" in minstrel_ht_stats_dump.
This warning only triggers after 9208247d74 ("mac80211: minstrel_ht:
add basic support for VHT rates <= 3SS@80MHz") with
CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_MINSTREL_VHT unset because then MINSTREL_VHT_GROUP_0
is above MINSTREL_GROUPS_NB and smatch only barks when the "testing
array offset" seems to prevent possible out of bonds accesses (which
does not happen here since i < ARRAY_SIZE(mi->groups)).
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a key is tainted during resume, it is no longer programmed
into the device; however, it's uploaded flag may (will) be set.
Clear the flag when not programming it because it's tainted to
avoid attempting to remove it again later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use the currently existing APIs between mac80211 and the low
level driver to implement WMM admission control.
The low level driver needs to report the media time used by
each transmitted packet in ieee80211_tx_status. Based on that
information, mac80211 will modify the QoS parameters of the
admission controlled Access Category when the limit is
reached. Once the original QoS parameters can be restored,
mac80211 will do so.
One issue with this approach is that management frames will
also erroneously be downgraded, but the upside is that the
implementation is simple. In the future, it can be extended
to driver- or device-based implementations that are better.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no reason to ever set invalid CW_min/CW_max to the
drivers, we should catch it in higher layers. However, the
consequences of setting it wrong can be quite severe, so
double-check at a low level and error out for invalid data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The debugfs_remove() function can safely take NULL parameters
so the additionally null test isn't required, and there's no
other reason to have it here, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
[rewrite commit message, re-introduce blank line after assert]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the new CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_MINSTREL_VHT is not set (default 'N'),
there is no behavioral change including in sampling and MCS_GROUP_RATES
remains 8.
Otherwise MCS_GROUP_RATES is 10, and a module parameter *vht_only*
(default 'true'), restricts the rates selection to VHT when VHT is
supported.
Regarding the debugfs stats buffer:
It is explicitly increased from 8k to 32k to fit every rates incl. when
both HT and VHT rates are enabled, as for the format, before:
type rate tpt eprob *prob ret *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
HT20/LGI ABCDP MCS0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 0( 0) 0( 0)
after:
type rate tpt eprob *prob ret *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
HT20/LGI ABCDP MCS0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 0( 0) 0( 0)
VHT40/LGI MCS5/2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0( 0) 0( 0)
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ATM, we grep cck rates idx with idx / MCS_GROUP_RATES ==
MINSTREL_CCK_GROUP.
Matching neither-cck-non-ht rates could be done by replacing '==' with
'>', however it would be less versatile or explicit.
This will allow to match VHT rates with IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since 5935839ad7 ("mac80211: improve minstrel_ht rate sorting by
throughput & probability"), the rate indexes are manipulated via u8's
and hence allow for a maximum of 256 mcs_group entries in
minstrel_mcs_groups.
ATM, minstrel_ht advertizes support up to 3HTSS@40MHz, consuming:
8(MCS_GROUP_RATES) * (3(SS)*2(GI)*2(BW)+1(CCK)), i.e. 104 entries.
Support for 3VHTSS@80MHz will require:
10(MCS_GROUP_RATES) * (3(SS)*2(GI)*2(BW)+1(CCK)) +
10(MCS_GROUP_RATES) * (3(SS)*2(GI)*3(BW)), i.e. 130 + 180 entries.
This change moves from u8s to u16s where necessary.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This showed up as a sparse warning (with higher verbosity) and is
certainly correct - the change flags should be unsigned. It's not
that important since high flag numbers aren't used and bitwise
operations would still work.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ATM an HT rc_stats line is 106 chars.
Times 8(MCS_GROUP_RATES)*3(SS)*2(GI)*2(BW) + CCK(4), i.e. x100, this is
well above the current 8192 - sizeof(*ms) currently allocated.
Fix this by squeezing the output as follows (not that we're short on
memory but this also improves readability and range, the new format adds
one more digit to *ok/*cum and ok/cum):
- Before (HT) (106 ch):
type rate throughput ewma prob this prob retry this succ/attempt success attempts
CCK/LP 5.5M 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0( 0) 0 0
HT20/LGI ABCDP MCS0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 0( 0) 0 0
- After (75 ch):
type rate tpt eprob *prob ret *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
CCK/LP 5.5M 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0( 0) 0( 0)
HT20/LGI ABCDP MCS0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 0( 0) 0( 0)
- Align non-HT format Before (non-HT) (83 ch):
rate throughput ewma prob this prob this succ/attempt success attempts
ABCDP 6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0( 0) 0 0
54 0.0 0.0 0.0 0( 0) 0 0
- After (61 ch):
rate tpt eprob *prob *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
ABCDP 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0( 0) 0( 0)
54 0.0 0.0 0.0 0( 0) 0( 0)
*This also adds dynamic checks for overflow, lowers the size of the
non-HT request (allowing > 30 entries) and replaces the buddy-rounded
allocations (s/sizeof(*ms) + 8192/8192).
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes it easier to add new parameters for the del_station calls
without having to modify all drivers that use this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It affects non-(V)HT rates and can lead to selecting an rts_cts rate
that is not a basic rate or way superior to the reference rate (ATM
rates[0] used for the 1st attempt of the protected frame data).
E.g, assuming drivers register growing (bitrate) sorted tables of
ieee80211_rate-s, having :
- rates[0].idx == d'2 and basic_rates == b'10100
will select rts_cts idx b'10011 & ~d'(BIT(2)-1), i.e. 1, likewise
- rates[0].idx == d'2 and basic_rates == b'10001
will select rts_cts idx b'10000
The first is not a basic rate and the second is > rates[0].
Also, wrt severity of the addressed misbehavior, ATM we only have one
rts_cts_rate_idx rather than one per rate table entry, so this idx might
still point to bitrates > rates[1..MAX_RATES].
Fixes: 5253ffb8c9 ("mac80211: always pick a basic rate to tx RTS/CTS for pre-HT rates")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is okay to enable DFS for channel contexts
based drivers as long as no combination advertises
radar detection and multi-channel operation at the
same time.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No need to store ieee80211_vif_use_reserved_context()
result and test it before returning.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel switch with multiple channel contexts should now work fine.
Remove check that disallows switches when multiple contexts are in
use.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of immediately reopening the queues (in case of block_tx),
calling the post_channel_switch operation and sending the
notification, wait for the first beacon on the new channel. This
makes sure that we don't lose packets if the AP/GO is not on the new
channel yet.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As a counterpart to the pre_channel_switch operation, add a
post_channel_switch operation. This allows the drivers to go back to
a normal configuration after the channel switch is completed.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers may need to prepare for a channel switch also when it is
initiated from the remote side (eg. station, P2P client). To make
this possible, add a generic callback that can be called for all
interface types.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The Extended Channel Switching capability bit in the extended
capabilities element must be set if the driver supports CSA on
non-beaconing interfaces.
Since this capability needs to be set during driver registration, the
extended_capabiliities global variable needs to be moved to the local
structure so that it can be modified.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices may need the device timestamp in order to synchronize the
channel switch. To pass this value back to the driver, add it to the
channel switch structure and copy the device_timestamp value received
in the rx info structure into it.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement get_mpp and dump_mpp cfg80211_ops to export the content of the
802.11s mesh proxy path table to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <henning.rogge@fkie.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The chandef of the channel context a vif is using may be different
than the chandef of the vif itself. For instance, the bandwidth used
by the vif may be narrower than the one configured in the channel
context. To avoid confusion, return the vif's chandef in
ieee80211_cfg_get_channel() instead of the chandef of the channel
context.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 5935839ad7 ("mac80211: improve minstrel_ht rate sorting by
throughput & probability") replaced the constant 8 with MCS_GROUP_RATES
when getting the number of streams of an HT MCS. See commit 7a5e3fa2c8
("mac80211: minstrel_ht: replace some occurences of MCS_GROUP_RATES").
Fixes: 5935839ad7 ("mac80211: improve minstrel_ht rate sorting by throughput & probability")
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Forgot to add an entry to the struct description of sta_info.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-09-22
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.18 stream...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"This time, I have some rate minstrel improvements, support for a very
small feature from CCX that Steinar reverse-engineered, dynamic ACK
timeout support, a number of changes for TDLS, early support for radio
resource measurement and many fixes. Also, I'm changing a number of
places to clear key memory when it's freed and Intel claims copyright
for code they developed."
For the bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"Here are some more patches intended for 3.18. Most of them are cleanups
or fixes for SMP. The only exception is a fix for BR/EDR L2CAP fixed
channels which should now work better together with the L2CAP
information request procedure."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I fix here dvm which was broken by my last pull request. Arik
continues to work on TDLS and Luca solved a few issues in CT-Kill. Eyal
keeps digging into rate scaling code, more to come soon. Besides this,
nothing really special here."
Beyond that, there are the usual big batches of updates to ath9k, b43,
mwifiex, and wil6210 as well as a handful of other bits here and there.
Also, rtlwifi gets some btcoexist attention from Larry.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Had to adjust the wil6210 code to comply with Joe Perches's recent
change in net-next to make the netdev_*() routines return void instead
of 'int'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/mips/net/bpf_jit.c
drivers/net/can/flexcan.c
Both the flexcan and MIPS bpf_jit conflicts were cases of simple
overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
small feature from CCX that Steinar reverse-engineered, dynamic ACK
timeout support, a number of changes for TDLS, early support for radio
resource measurement and many fixes. Also, I'm changing a number of
places to clear key memory when it's freed and Intel claims copyright
for code they developed.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=OPIp
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-john-2014-09-12' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"This time, I have some rate minstrel improvements, support for a very
small feature from CCX that Steinar reverse-engineered, dynamic ACK
timeout support, a number of changes for TDLS, early support for radio
resource measurement and many fixes. Also, I'm changing a number of
places to clear key memory when it's freed and Intel claims copyright
for code they developed."
Conflicts:
net/mac80211/iface.c
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is a possible issue with the use, or lack thereof of sk_refcnt and
sk_wmem_alloc in the wifi ack status functionality.
Specifically if a socket were to request acknowledgements, and the socket
were to have sk_refcnt drop to 0 resulting in it waiting on sk_wmem_alloc
to reach 0 it would be possible to have sock_queue_err_skb orphan the last
buffer, resulting in __sk_free being called on the socket. After this the
buffer is enqueued on sk_error_queue, however the queue has already been
flushed resulting in at least a memory leak, if not a data corruption.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new static_smps / dynamic_smps feature bits
instead of mac80211-internal hw flags.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Take the requested smps mode from the ap params
(instead of always starting with SMPS_OFF)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Correctly mark the network header location in mac80211-generated TDLS
frames. These may be used by lower-level drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Userspace might need to know what queues are configured
for uapsd (e.g. for setting proper default values in tspecs).
Add this bitmap to the association event (inside wmm
nested attribute)
Add additional parameter to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp,
and update its callers.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Adding a timeout for tearing down a TDLS connection that
hasn't had ACKed traffic sent through it for a certain
amount of time.
Since we have no other monitoring facility to indicate the
existance (or non-existance) of a peer, this patch will
cause a peer to be considered as unavailable if for some X
time at least some Y packets have all not been ACKed.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch improves the way minstrel_ht sorts rates according to throughput
and success probability. 3 FOR-loops across the entire rate and mcs group set
in function minstrel_ht_update_stats() which where used to determine the
fastest, second fastest and most robust rate are reduced to 2 FOR-loop.
The sorted list of rates according throughput is extended to the best four
rates as we need them in upcoming joint rate and power control. The sorting
is done via the new function minstrel_ht_sort_best_tp_rates(). The annotation
of those 4 best throughput rates in the debugfs file rc-stats is changes to:
"A,B,C,D", where A is the fastest rate and C the 4th fastest.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Venz <ikstream86@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Minstrel and Mintrel_HT used there own structs to keep track of rate
statistics. Unify those variables in struct minstrel_rate_states and
move it to rc80211_minstrel.h for common usage. This is a clean-up
patch to prepare Minstrel and Minstrel_HT codebase for upcoming TPC.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When freeing the key, clear the memory to avoid having the
key material stick around in memory "forever".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
issue that we only found when using vendor events more frequently;
the other addresses some bad information being reported in userspace
that people were starting to actually look at.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=gW3Y
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-john-2014-09-08' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"Two more fixes for mac80211 - one of them addresses a long-standing
issue that we only found when using vendor events more frequently;
the other addresses some bad information being reported in userspace
that people were starting to actually look at."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This message occasionally triggers for some people as in
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1111740 but
it's not clear which (headroom or tailroom) is at fault.
Annotate the message a bit to get more information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Linux already supports 802.11h, where the access point can tell the
client to reduce its transmission power. However, 802.11h is only
defined for 5 GHz, where the need for this is much smaller than on
2.4 GHz.
Cisco has their own solution, called DTPC (Dynamic Transmit Power
Control). Cisco APs on a controller sometimes but not always send
802.11h; they always send DTPC, even on 2.4 GHz. This patch adds support
for parsing and honoring the DTPC IE in addition to the 802.11h
element (they do not always contain the same limits, so both must
be honored); the format is not documented, but very simple.
Tested (on top of wireless.git and on 3.16.1) against a Cisco Aironet
1142 joined to a Cisco 2504 WLC, by setting various transmit power
levels for the given access points and observing the results.
The Wireshark 802.11 dissector agrees with the interpretation of the
element, except for negative numbers, which seem to never happen
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Decouple the logic of parsing the 802.11d and 802.11h IEs from the
part of deciding what to do about the data (messaging, clamping to
0 dBm, doing the actual setting). This paves the way for the next
patch, which introduces more data sources for transmit power limitation.
Signed-off-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
commit "mac80211: disable 40MHz support in case of 20MHz AP"
broke working VHT in 20Mhz with APs like Netgear R6300v2 which
do not publish support for 40Mhz but allow use of VHT in 20Mhz.
The break is because VHT is disabled once no HT cap doesn't indicate
support for 40Mhz. This causes the assoc request to be sent without
any VHT IE and the association is only HT due to this.
For more details check out commit 4a817aa7
"mac80211: allow VHT with peers not capable of 40MHz"
Fixes: 53b954ee4a ("mac80211: disable 40MHz support in case of 20MHz AP")
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Extend mac80211 set_coverage_class API in order to enable ACK timeout
estimation algorithm (dynack) passing coverage class equals to -1
to lower drivers. Synchronize set_coverage_class routine signature with
mac80211 function pointer for p54, ath9k, ath9k_htc and ath5k drivers.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the remaining time in the current roc is not long
enough, mac80211 adds the new roc right after it
(if they have similar params).
However, in case of multiple rocs, the "next roc"
is not considered, resulting in multiple rocs,
each one with its own duration.
Refactor the code a bit and consider the next roc,
so a single max roc will be used instead of
multiple rocs (which might last much longer).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new duration (remaining duration after the current
ROC ends) was calculated but not used, making the
optimization worthless.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of a RRM-supporting connection, in the association request
frame: set the RRM capability flag, and add the required IEs.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function description claimed that on error the skb isn't
freed even though it is, and stated return values that are
different than what really happens in the code.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Our legal structure changed at some point (see wikipedia), but
we forgot to immediately switch over to the new copyright
notice.
For files that we have modified in the time since the change,
add the proper copyright notice now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sta_set_sinfo is obviously takes data for specific station.
This specific station is attached to a specific virtual
interface. Hence we should use the dtim_period from this
virtual interface rather than the system wide dtim_period.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Not sure how the declaration of ieee80211_tdls_peer_del_work
landed after the double inclusion protection end.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
performance improvements, and various patches all over,
rather than listing them one might as well look into the
git log instead.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Qth6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-john-2014-08-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"Not that much content this time. Some RCU cleanups, crypto
performance improvements, and various patches all over,
rather than listing them one might as well look into the
git log instead."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/wmi.c
and adds a terminating NUL-byte to the alpha2 sent to userspace, which
shouldn't be necessary but since many places treat it as a string we
couldn't move to just sending two bytes.
In addition to that, we have two VLAN fixes from Felix, a mesh fix, a
fix for the recently introduced RX aggregation offload, a revert for
a broken patch (that luckily didn't really cause any harm) and a small
fix for alignment in debugfs.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=G/pB
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-john-2014-08-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"Here are a few fixes for mac80211. One has been discussed for a while
and adds a terminating NUL-byte to the alpha2 sent to userspace, which
shouldn't be necessary but since many places treat it as a string we
couldn't move to just sending two bytes.
In addition to that, we have two VLAN fixes from Felix, a mesh fix, a
fix for the recently introduced RX aggregation offload, a revert for
a broken patch (that luckily didn't really cause any harm) and a small
fix for alignment in debugfs."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@redhat.com>
When starting an offloaded BA session it is
unknown what starting sequence number should be
used. Using last_seq worked in most cases except
after hw restart.
When hw restart is requested last_seq is
(rightfully so) kept unmodified. This ended up
with BA sessions being restarted with an aribtrary
BA window values resulting in dropped frames until
sequence numbers caught up.
Instead of last_seq pick seqno of a first Rxed
frame of a given BA session.
This fixes stalled traffic after hw restart with
offloaded BA sessions (currently only ath10k).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a device driver is unloaded local->interfaces
list is cleared. If there was more than 1
interface running and connected (bound to a
chanctx) then chantype recalc was called and it
ended up with compat being NULL causing a call
trace warning.
Warn if compat becomes NULL as a result of
incompatible bss_conf.chandef of interfaces bound
to a given channel context only.
The call trace looked like this:
WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 2594 at /devel/src/linux/net/mac80211/chan.c:557 ieee80211_recalc_chanctx_chantype+0x2cd/0x2e0()
Modules linked in: ath10k_pci(-) ath10k_core ath
CPU: 2 PID: 2594 Comm: rmmod Tainted: G W 3.16.0-rc1+ #150
Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
0000000000000009 ffff88001ea279c0 ffffffff818dfa93 0000000000000000
ffff88001ea279f8 ffffffff810514a8 ffff88001ce09cd0 ffff88001e03cc58
0000000000000000 ffff88001ce08840 ffff88001ce09cd0 ffff88001ea27a08
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff818dfa93>] dump_stack+0x4d/0x66
[<ffffffff810514a8>] warn_slowpath_common+0x78/0xa0
[<ffffffff81051585>] warn_slowpath_null+0x15/0x20
[<ffffffff818a407d>] ieee80211_recalc_chanctx_chantype+0x2cd/0x2e0
[<ffffffff818a3dda>] ? ieee80211_recalc_chanctx_chantype+0x2a/0x2e0
[<ffffffff818a4919>] ieee80211_assign_vif_chanctx+0x1a9/0x770
[<ffffffff818a6220>] __ieee80211_vif_release_channel+0x70/0x130
[<ffffffff818a6dd3>] ieee80211_vif_release_channel+0x43/0xb0
[<ffffffff81885f4e>] ieee80211_stop_ap+0x21e/0x5a0
[<ffffffff8184b9b5>] __cfg80211_stop_ap+0x85/0x520
[<ffffffff8181c188>] __cfg80211_leave+0x68/0x120
[<ffffffff8181c268>] cfg80211_leave+0x28/0x40
[<ffffffff8181c5f3>] cfg80211_netdev_notifier_call+0x373/0x6b0
[<ffffffff8107f965>] notifier_call_chain+0x55/0x110
[<ffffffff8107fa41>] raw_notifier_call_chain+0x11/0x20
[<ffffffff816a8dc0>] call_netdevice_notifiers_info+0x30/0x60
[<ffffffff816a8eb9>] __dev_close_many+0x59/0xf0
[<ffffffff816a9021>] dev_close_many+0x81/0x120
[<ffffffff816aa1c5>] rollback_registered_many+0x115/0x2a0
[<ffffffff816aa3a6>] unregister_netdevice_many+0x16/0xa0
[<ffffffff8187d841>] ieee80211_remove_interfaces+0x121/0x1b0
[<ffffffff8185e0e6>] ieee80211_unregister_hw+0x56/0x110
[<ffffffffa0011ac4>] ath10k_mac_unregister+0x14/0x60 [ath10k_core]
[<ffffffffa0014fe7>] ath10k_core_unregister+0x27/0x40 [ath10k_core]
[<ffffffffa003b1f4>] ath10k_pci_remove+0x44/0xa0 [ath10k_pci]
[<ffffffff81373138>] pci_device_remove+0x28/0x60
[<ffffffff814cb534>] __device_release_driver+0x64/0xd0
[<ffffffff814cbcc8>] driver_detach+0xb8/0xc0
[<ffffffff814cb23a>] bus_remove_driver+0x4a/0xb0
[<ffffffff814cc697>] driver_unregister+0x27/0x50
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The "rcu_dereference()" calls are used directly in conditions.
Since their return values are never dereferenced it is recommended to
use "rcu_access_pointer()" instead of "rcu_dereference()".
Therefore, this patch makes the replacements.
The following Coccinelle semantic patch was used:
@@
@@
(
if(
(<+...
- rcu_dereference
+ rcu_access_pointer
(...)
...+>)) {...}
|
while(
(<+...
- rcu_dereference
+ rcu_access_pointer
(...)
...+>)) {...}
)
Signed-off-by: Andreea-Cristina Bernat <bernat.ada@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The use of "rcu_assign_pointer()" is NULLing out the pointer.
According to RCU_INIT_POINTER()'s block comment:
"1. This use of RCU_INIT_POINTER() is NULLing out the pointer"
it is better to use it instead of rcu_assign_pointer() because it has a
smaller overhead.
The following Coccinelle semantic patch was used:
@@
@@
- rcu_assign_pointer
+ RCU_INIT_POINTER
(..., NULL)
Signed-off-by: Andreea-Cristina Bernat <bernat.ada@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Header-less cloned skbs with sufficient headroom need not be cloned
unless the tailroom is going to be modified.
Fix ieee80211_skb_resize so it would only resize cloned skbs if either
the header isn't released or the tailroom is going to be modified.
Some drivers might have assumed that skbs are never cloned, so add a HW
flag that explicitly permits cloned TX skbs. Drivers which do not modify
TX skbs should set this flag to avoid copying skbs.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags
will only require headroom space. Consequently, the tailroom-needed
counter can safely be decremented.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the cfg80211_rx_mgmt(), parameter @gfp was used for the memory allocation.
But, memory get allocated under spin_lock_bh(), this implies atomic context.
So, one can't use GFP_KERNEL, only variants with no __GFP_WAIT. Actually, in all
occurrences GFP_ATOMIC is used (wil6210 use GFP_KERNEL by mistake),
and it should be this way or warning triggered in the memory allocation code.
Remove @gfp parameter as no actual choice exist, and use hard coded
GFP_ATOMIC for memory allocation.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The "RX active" string is too long, so the columns get
shifted. Change it to just "RX" to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sta->last_seq_ctrl is the seq_ctrl field from the last header
seen, need to shift it 4 bits to extract the sequence number.
Otherwise the ieee80211_sn_less() check at the top of
ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf drops frames until the sequence
number catches up.
Cc: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Denton Gentry <denton.gentry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The 802.11 standard says when processing a plink confirm
frame:
"If the peerLinkID in the mesh peering instance has not been
set, the Local Link ID field of the Mesh Peering Confirm
request shall be copied into the peerLinkID in the mesh
peering instance."
We were only doing this when receiving an open peering frame,
but it could happen that the open frame gets lost and so we
should handle this case rather than rejecting the confirm and
failing the whole peering process.
Reported-by: Yu Niiro <yu.niiro@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup, sdata->smps_mode is checked. This is
initialized only for the base AP interface, not the individual VLANs.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When bringing down the AP, a WARN_ON is hit because the bss config chandef
is empty here.
Since AP_VLAN channel settings do not matter for anything chanctx related
(always inherits the settings from the AP interface), let's just ignore
it here.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 24aa11ab8a.
That commit was wrong since it uses data that hasn't even been set
up yet, but might be a hold-over from a previous connection.
Additionally, it seems like a driver-specific workaround that
shouldn't have been in mac80211 to start with.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 24aa11ab8a ("mac80211: disable uAPSD if all ACs are under ACM")
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new_ctx pointer is set only for non-chanctx drivers. This yielded a
crash for chanctx-based drivers during channel switch finalization:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000020
IP: ieee80211_vif_use_reserved_switch+0x71c/0xb00 [mac80211]
Use an adequate chanctx pointer to fix this.
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
If the AP only advertises support for 20MHz (in the
ht operation ie), disable 40MHz and VHT.
This can improve interoperability with APs that
don't like stations exceeding their own
advertised capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We currently track the QoS capability twice: for all peer stations
in the WLAN_STA_WME flag, and for any clients associated to an AP
interface separately for drivers in the sta->sta.wme field.
Remove the WLAN_STA_WME flag and track the capability only in the
driver-visible field, getting rid of the limitation that the field
is only valid in AP mode.
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-07-25
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.17 stream!
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"We have a lot of TDLS patches, among them a fix that should make hwsim
tests happy again. The rest, this time, is mostly small fixes."
For the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"Some more patches for 3.17. The most important change here is the move of
the 6lowpan code to net/6lowpan. It has been agreed with Davem that this
change will go through the bluetooth tree. The rest are mostly clean up and
fixes."
and,
"Here follows some more patches for 3.17. These are mostly fixes to what
we've sent to you before for next merge window."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I have the usual amount of BT Coex stuff. Arik continues to work
on TDLS and Ariej contributes a few things for HS2.0. I added a few
more things to the firmware debugging infrastructure. Eran fixes a
small bug - pretty normal content."
And for the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"For ath6kl me and Jessica added support for ar6004 hw3.0, our latest
version of ar6004.
For ath10k Janusz added a printout so that it's easier to check what
ath10k kconfig options are enabled. He also added a debugfs file to
configure maximum amsdu and ampdu values. Also we had few fixes as
usual."
On top of that is the usual large batch of various driver updates --
brcmfmac, mwifiex, the TI drivers, and wil6210 all get some action.
Rafał has also been very busy with b43 and related updates.
Also, I pulled the wireless tree into this in order to resolve a
merge conflict...
P.S. The change to fs/compat_ioctl.c reflects a name change in a
Bluetooth header file...
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the expected throughput is queried before rate control has been
initialized, the minstrel op for it will crash while trying to access
the rate table.
Check for WLAN_STA_RATE_CONTROL before attempting to use the rate
control op.
Reported-by: Jean-Pierre Tosoni <jp.tosoni@acksys.fr>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers may be performing most of Tx/Rx
aggregation on their own (e.g. in firmware)
including AddBa/DelBa negotiations but may
otherwise require Rx reordering assistance.
The patch exports 2 new functions for establishing
Rx aggregation sessions in assumption device
driver has taken care of the necessary
negotiations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[fix endian bug]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers (e.g. ath10k) report A-MSDU subframes
individually with identical seqno. The A-MPDU Rx
reorder code did not account for that which made
it practically unusable with drivers using
RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE because it would end up
dropping a lot of frames resulting in confusion in
upper network transport layers.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sdata can't be NULL, and key being NULL is really not possible
unless the code is modified.
The sdata check made a static analyze (klocwork) unhappy because
we would get pointer to local (sdata->local) and only then check
if sdata is non-NULL.
Signed-off-by: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[remove !key check as well]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The NULL pointer access could happen when ieee80211_crypto_hw_decrypt
is called from ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt with the following condition:
1. rx->key->conf.cipher is not WEP, CCMP, TKIP or AES_CMAC
2. rx->sta is NULL
When ieee80211_crypto_hw_decrypt is called, it verifies
rx->sta->cipher_scheme and it will cause Oops if rx->sta is NULL.
This path adds an addirional rx->sta == NULL verification in
ieee80211_crypto_hw_decrypt for this case.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The csa_active flag was added in sdata a while ago and made
IEEE80211_STA_CSA_RECEIVED redundant. The new flag is also used to
mark when CSA is ongoing on other iftypes and took over the old one as
the preferred method for checking whether we're in the middle of a
channel switch. Remove the old, redundant flag.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the teardown packet is created while the queues are
stopped, it isn't sent immediately, but rather is pending.
To be sure that when we flush the queues prior to destroying
the station we also send this packet - the tasklet handling
pending packets is invoked to flush the packets.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: ArikX Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the AP receives actions frames destined for other peers, it may
mistakenly toggle BA-sessions from itself to a peer.
Ignore TDLS data packets as well - the AP should not handle them.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
TDLS VHT support requires some more information elements during setup.
While these are not there, mask out the peer's VHT capabilities so that
VHT rates are not mistakenly used.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Set for completeness mostly, currently unused in the code.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the HT capabilities and HT operation information elements to TDLS
setup packets where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We can only be a station for TDLS connections. Also fix a bug where
a delayed work could be left scheduled if the station interface was
brought down during TDLS setup.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When TDLS QoS is supported by the the peer and the local card, add
the WMM parameter IE to the setup-confirm frame. Take the QoS settings
from the current AP, or if unsupported, use the default values from
the specification. This behavior is mandated by IEEE802.11-2012 section
10.22.4.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If QoS is supported by the card, add an appropriate IE to TDLS setup-
request and setup-response frames.
Consolidate the setting of the WMM info IE across mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When sending setup-failure frames, set the capability field to zero, as
mandated by the specification (IEEE802.11-2012 8.5.13).
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Most setup-specific information elements are not to be added when a
setup frame is sent with an error status code.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When building TDLS setup frames, use the IE order mandates in the
specification, splitting extra IEs coming from usermode.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add all information elements for TDLS discovery and setup in the same
function.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch "8f02e6b mac80211: make sure TDLS peer STA exists during
setup" broke TDLS error paths where the STA doesn't exist when sending
the error.
Fix it by only testing for STA existence during a non-error flow.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Infer the TDLS initiator and track it in mac80211 via a STA flag. This
avoids breaking old userspace that doesn't pass it via nl80211 APIs.
The only case where userspace will need to pass the initiator is when the
STA is removed due to unreachability before a teardown packet is sent.
Support for unreachability was only recently added to wpa_supplicant, so
it won't be a problem in practice.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When lockdep isn't compiled, a local variable isn't used
(it's only in a macro argument), annotate it to suppress
the compiler warning.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 277d916fc2 as it was
at least breaking iwlwifi by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
flag in all kinds of interface modes, not only for AP mode where it is
appropriate.
To avoid reintroducing the original problem, explicitly check for probe
request frames in the multicast buffering code.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 277d916fc2 ("mac80211: move "bufferable MMPDU" check to fix AP mode scan")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel switch finalization is now 2-step. First
step is when driver calls chswitch_done(), the
other is when reservation is actually finalized
(which be defered for in-place reservation).
It is now safe to call ieee80211_chswitch_done()
more than once.
Also remove the ieee80211_vif_change_channel()
because it is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel switch finalization is now 2-step. First
step is when driver calls csa_finish(), the other
is when reservation is actually finalized (which
can be deferred for in-place reservation).
It is now safe to call ieee80211_csa_finish() more
than once.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ieee80211_check_combinations() computes
radar_detect accordingly depending on chanctx
reservation status.
This makes it possible to use the function for
channel_switch validation.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Multi-vif in-place reservations happen when
it is impossible to allocate more channel contexts
as indicated by interface combinations.
Such reservations are not finalized until all
assigned interfaces are ready.
This still doesn't handle all possible cases
(i.e. degradation of number of channels) properly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Split sched scan IEs to band specific and not band specific
blocks. Common IEs blocks may be sent to the FW once per command,
instead of per band.
This allows optimization of size of the command, which may be
required by some drivers (eg. iwlmvm with newer firmware version).
As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers to use the
new version correctly, even if they don't (yet) make use of the
split data.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers (such as iwlmvm) can handle multiple bands in a single
HW scan request. Add a HW flag to indicate that the driver support
this. To hold the required data, create a separate structure for
HW scan request that holds cfg scan request and data about
different parts of the scan IEs.
As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers using it to
use the correct new function type/argument.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
After sending a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on
the AP's channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since
a TDLS setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
Add a new mac80211 driver callback to allow discovery session protection.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make sure userspace added a TDLS peer station before invoking the
transmission of the first setup frame. This ensures packets to the peer
won't go through the AP path.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Write a mac80211 to the cfg80211 API for requesting a userspace TDLS
operation. Define TDLS specific reason codes that can be used here.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As the spec mandates, flush data in the AP path before transmitting the
first setup frame. Data packets transmitted during setup are already
dropped in the Tx path.
For the teardown flow, flush all packets in the direct path before
transmitting the teardown frame. Un-authorize the peer sta after teardown
is sent, forcing all subsequent Tx to the peer through the AP.
Make sure to flush the queues when disabling the link to get the
teardown packet out.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
[adjust to Luca's new quuee API and stop only vif queues]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are setup/teardown specific actions to be done that accompany
the sending of a TDLS management packet. Split the main function to
simplify future additions.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TDLS initiator is set once during link setup. If determines the
address ordering in the link identifier IE.
Use the value from userspace in order to have a correct teardown packet.
With the current code, a teardown from the responder side fails the TDLS
MIC check because of a bad link identifier IE.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TDLS initiator is set once during link setup. If determines the
address ordering in the link identifier IE.
Fix dependent drivers - mwifiex and mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When setting up a TDLS session, register a delayed work to remove
the peer if setup times out. Prevent concurrent setups to support this
capacity.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For TDLS, the AUTHORIZED flag arrives with all other important station
info (supported rates, HT/VHT caps, ...). Make sure to set the station
state in the low-level driver after transferring this information to
the mac80211 STA entry.
This aligns the STA information during sta_state callbacks with the
non-TDLS case.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rename the flags used in the Tx path and add an explanation for the
reasons to drop, send directly or through the AP.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of stopping all the hardware queues during channel switch,
which is especially bad when we have large CSA counts, stop only the
queues that are assigned to the vif that is performing the channel
switch.
Additionally, check for (sdata->csa_block_tx) instead of calling
ieee80211_csa_needs_block_tx(), which can now be removed.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases we may want to stop the queues of a single vif (for
instance during a channel-switch). Add a function that stops all the
queues that are assigned to a vif. If a queue is assigned to more
than one vif, the corresponding netdev subqueue of the other vif(s)
will also be stopped. If the HW doesn't set the
IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL flag, then all queues are stopped.
Also add a corresponding function to wake the queues of a vif back.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes different vifs may be stopping the queues for the same
reason (e.g. when several interfaces are performing a channel switch).
Instead of using a bitmask for the reasons, use an integer that holds
a refcount instead. In order to keep it backwards compatible,
introduce a boolean in some functions that tell us whether the queue
stopping should be refcounted or not. For now, use not refcounted for
all calls to keep it functionally the same as before.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is no need to stop all queues when we want to flush specific
queues, so stop only the queues that will be flushed.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Converting time from one format to another seems to give coders a warm
and fuzzy feeling.
Use the proper interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
[fix compile error]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
do_posix_clock_monotonic_gettime() is a leftover from the initial
posix timer implementation which maps to ktime_get_ts().
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
vif->csa_active is protected by mutexes only. This
means it is unreliable to depend on it on codeflow
in non-sleepable beacon and CSA code. There was no
guarantee to have vif->csa_active update be
visible before beacons are updated on SMP systems.
Using csa counter offsets which are embedded in
beacon struct (and thus are protected with single
RCU assignment) is much safer.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Having csa counters part of beacon and probe_resp
structures makes it easier to get rid of possible
races between setting a beacon and updating
counters on SMP systems by guaranteeing counters
are always consistent against given beacon struct.
While at it relax WARN_ON into WARN_ON_ONCE to
prevent spamming logs and racing.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[remove pointless array check]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow send frames using monitor interface
when DFS chandef and we pass CAC (beaconing
allowed).
This fix problem when old kernel and new backports used,
in such case hostapd create/use also monitor interface.
Before this patch all frames hostapd send using monitor
iface were dropped when AP was configured on DFS channel.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, cfg80211 tries to implement ethtool, but that doesn't
really scale well, with all the different operations. Make the
lower-level driver responsible for it, which currently only has
an effect on mac80211. It will similarly not scale well at that
level though, since mac80211 also has many drivers.
To cleanly implement this in mac80211, introduce a new file and
move some code to appropriate places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Ospite <ao2@ao2.it>
Cc: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh_plink code is doing some interesting things with the
ignore_plink_timer flag. It seems the original intent was to
handle this race:
cpu 0 cpu 1
----- -----
start timer handler for state X
acquire sta_lock
change state from X to Y
mod_timer() / del_timer()
release sta_lock
acquire sta_lock
execute state Y timer too soon
However, using the mod_timer()/del_timer() return values to
detect these cases is broken. As a result, timers get ignored
unnecessarily, and stations can get stuck in the peering state
machine.
Instead, we can detect the case by looking at the timer expiration.
In the case of del_timer, just ignore the timers in the following
(LISTEN/ESTAB) states since they won't have timers anyway.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is currently possible to have a race due to the station PS
unblock work like this:
* station goes to sleep with frames buffered in the driver
* driver blocks wakeup
* station wakes up again
* driver flushes/returns frames, and unblocks, which schedules
the unblock work
* unblock work starts to run, and checks that the station is
awake (i.e. that the WLAN_STA_PS_STA flag isn't set)
* we process a received frame with PM=1, setting the flag again
* ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup() runs, delivering all frames
to the driver, and then clearing the WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER and
WLAN_STA_PS_STA flags
In this scenario, mac80211 will think that the station is awake,
while it really is asleep, and any TX'ed frames should be filtered
by the device (it will know that the station is sleeping) but then
passed to mac80211 again, which will not buffer it either as it
thinks the station is awake, and eventually the packets will be
dropped.
Fix this by moving the clearing of the flags to exactly where we
learn about the situation. This creates a problem of reordering,
so introduce another flag indicating that delivery is being done,
this new flag also queues frames and is cleared only while the
spinlock is held (which the queuing code also holds) so that any
concurrent delivery/TX is handled correctly.
Reported-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Minstrel has long since proven its worth.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
After skb allocation and call to ieee80211_wep_encrypt in ieee80211_send_auth
the flow fails with a warning in ieee80211_wep_add_iv on verification of
available head/tailroom needed for WEP_IV and WEP_ICV.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
net/core/rtnetlink.c
net/core/skbuff.c
Both conflicts were very simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
unregister_netdevice_many() API is error prone and we had too
many bugs because of dangling LIST_HEAD on stacks.
See commit f87e6f4793 ("net: dont leave active on stack LIST_HEAD")
In fact, instead of making sure no caller leaves an active list_head,
just force a list_del() in the callee. No one seems to need to access
the list after unregister_netdevice_many()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark new interfaces as idle to allow operations that require that
interfaces are idle to take place. Interface types that are always
not idle (like AP interfaces) will be set as not idle when they are
assigned a channel context.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach<emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During strong signal fluctuations under high throughput, few consecutive
failed A-MPDU transmissions can easily trigger packet loss notification,
and thus (in AP mode) client disconnection.
Reduce the number of false positives by checking the A-MPDU status flag
and treating a failed A-MPDU as a single packet.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Doing so will lead to an oops for a p2p-dev interface, since it has
no netdev.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the rate control algorithm uses a selection table, it
is leaked when the station is destroyed - fix that.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Reported-by: Christophe Prévotaux <cprevotaux@nltinc.com>
Fixes: 0d528d85c5 ("mac80211: improve the rate control API")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v3.10+
[add commit log entry, remove pointless NULL check]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Without this fix, freshly rebooted Linux creates a new IBSS
instead of joining an existing one. Only when jiffies counter
overflows after 5 minutes the IBSS can be successfully joined.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Hałasa <khalasa@piap.pl>
[edit commit message slightly]
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the commit below, cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required()
will warn if it gets a an NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED iftype
as explicitely written in the commit log.
When an virtual monitor interface is added, its type is set
in ieee80211_sub_if_data.vif.type, but not in
ieee80211_sub_if_data.wdev.iftype which is passed to
cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() hence resulting in the
following warning:
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 21265 at net/wireless/chan.c:376 cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required+0xbc/0x130 [cfg80211]()
Modules linked in: [...]
CPU: 1 PID: 21265 Comm: ifconfig Tainted: G W O 3.13.11+ #12
Hardware name: Dell Inc. Latitude E6410/0667CC, BIOS A01 03/05/2010
0000000000000009 ffff88008f5fdb08 ffffffff817d4219 ffff88008f5fdb50
ffff88008f5fdb40 ffffffff8106f57d 0000000000000000 0000000000000000
ffff880081062fb8 ffff8800810604e0 0000000000000001 ffff88008f5fdba0
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff817d4219>] dump_stack+0x4d/0x66
[<ffffffff8106f57d>] warn_slowpath_common+0x7d/0xa0
[<ffffffff8106f5ec>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x4c/0x50
[<ffffffffa04ea4ec>] cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required+0xbc/0x130 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa06b1024>] ieee80211_vif_use_channel+0x94/0x500 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa0684e6b>] ieee80211_add_virtual_monitor+0x1ab/0x5c0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa0686ae5>] ieee80211_do_open+0xe75/0x1580 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa0687259>] ieee80211_open+0x69/0x70 [mac80211]
[snip]
Fixes: 00ec75fc5a ("cfg80211: pass the actual iftype when calling cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required()")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases, when the driver is already using all the channel
contexts it can handle at once, we have to do an in-place switch
(ie. we cannot afford using an extra context temporarily for the
transaction). But some drivers may not support switching the channel
context assigned to a vif on the fly (ie. without unassigning and
assigning it) while others may only work if the context is changed on
the fly, without unassigning it first.
To allow these different scenarios, add a new driver operation that
let's the driver decide how to handle an in-place switch.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add get_expected_throughput() API to mac80211 so that each
driver can implement its own version based on the RC
algorithm they are using (might be using an HW RC algo).
The API returns a value expressed in Kbps.
Also, add the new get_expected_throughput() member
to the rate_control_ops structure in order to be
able to query the RC algorithm (this patch provides an
implementation of this API for both minstrel and
minstrel_ht).
The related member in the station_info object is now
filled accordingly when dumping a station.
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Antonio and I were looking over this code and some things
didn't immediately make sense, so we came up with two small
clarifications.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make the beacon CSA counters part of ieee80211_mutable_offsets and don't
decrement CSA counters when generating a beacon template. This permits the
driver to offload the CSA counters handling. Since mac80211 updates the probe
responses with the correct counter, the driver should sync the counter's value
with mac80211 using ieee80211_csa_update_counter function.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new API ieee80211_beacon_get_template, which doesn't
affect DTIM counter and should be used if the device generates beacon
frames, and new beacon template is needed. In addition set the offsets
to TIM IE for MESH interface.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support up to IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM csa counters.
This is defined to be 2 now, to support both CSA and eCSA
counters.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change the type of NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON and
NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP to be NLA_BINARY which allows
userspace to use beacons and probe responses with
multiple CSA counters.
This isn't breaking the API since userspace can
continue to use nla_put_u16 for this attributes, which
is equivalent to a single element u16 array.
In addition advertise max number of supported CSA counters.
This is needed when using CSA and eCSA IEs together.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Track current csa counter value and use it
to update mgmt frames at the provided offsets.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Jouni reported that if a remain-on-channel was active on the
same channel as the current operating channel, then the ROC
would start, but any frames transmitted using mgmt-tx on the
same channel would get delayed until after the ROC.
The reason for this is that the ROC starts, but doesn't have
any handling for "remain on the same channel", so it stops
the interface queues. The later mgmt-tx then puts the frame
on the interface queues (since it's on the current operating
channel) and thus they get delayed until after the ROC.
To fix this, add some logic to handle remaining on the same
channel specially and not stop the queues etc. in this case.
This not only fixes the bug but also improves behaviour in
this case as data frames etc. can continue to flow.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Tested-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the association is in progress while we suspend, the
stack will be in a messed up state. Clean it before we
suspend.
This patch completes Johannes's patch:
1a1cb744de
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211: fix suspend vs. authentication race
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Fixes: 12e7f51702 ("mac80211: cleanup generic suspend/resume procedures")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If sdata doesn't have a valid dev (e.g. in case of monitor
vif), the vif_name field was initialized with (a length of)
some short string, but later was set to a different,
potentially larger one.
This resulted in out-of-bounds write, which usually
appeared as garbage in the trace log.
Simply trace sdata->name, as it should always have the
correct name for both cases.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole
stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being
up while the hardware is down etc.
Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a
lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having
the whole stack get messed up.
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are two (related) issues with this.
One case, reported by Michal, is related to hostap: it unsets the
20/40 capability bit for stations that associate when it's in 20
MHz mode.
The other case, reported by Eyal, is that some APs like Netgear
R6300v2 and probably others based on the BCM4360 chipset can be
configured for doing VHT at 20Mhz. In this case the beacon has
a VHT IE but the HT cap indicates transmitter only support 20Mhz.
In both of these cases, we currently avoid VHT and use only HT
this means we can't use the highest rates (MCS8), so fixing this
leads to throughput improvements.
Reported-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Reported-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 59af6928 (mac80211: fix CSA tx queue stopping) introduced a
sparse warning:
net/mac80211/cfg.c:3274:5: warning: symbol '__ieee80211_channel_switch' was not declared. Should it be static?
Fix it by declaring the function static.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It doesn't make much sense to leave a crippled
interface running.
As a side effect this will unblock tx queues with
CSA reason immediately after failure instead of
until after userspace requests interface to stop.
This also gives userspace an opportunity to
indirectly see CSA failure.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[small code cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is not guaranteed that multi-vif channel
switching is tightly synchronized. It makes sense
to ignore cqm (missing beacons, et al) while csa
is progressing and re-check it after it completes.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It was possible for tx queues to be stuck stopped
if AP CSA finalization failed. In that case
neither stop_ap nor do_stop woke the queues up.
This means it was impossible to perform tx at all
until driver was reloaded or a successful CSA was
performed later.
It was possible to solve this in a simpler manner
however this is more robust and future proof
(having multi-vif CSA in mind).
New sdata->csa_block_tx is introduced to keep
track of which interfaces requested tx to be
blocked for CSA. This is required because mac80211
stops all tx queues for that purpose. This means
queues must be awoken only when last tx-blocking
CSA interface is finished.
It is still possible to have tx queues stopped
after CSA failure but as soon as offending
interfaces are stopped from userspace (stop_ap or
ifdown) tx queues are woken up properly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The 'local' variable in __ieee80211_vif_copy_chanctx_to_vlans()
is only used/needed when lockdep is compiled in, mark it as such
to avoid compile warnings in the other case.
While at it, fix some indentation where it's used.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With new additions planned, this code is getting too big for cfg.c.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Expose a new tdls flag for the public ieee80211_sta struct.
This can be used in some rate control decisions.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_reconfig already holds rtnl, so calling
cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped results in deadlock.
Use the rtnl-version of this function instead.
Fixes: d43c6b6 ("mac80211: reschedule sched scan after HW restart")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org (3.14+)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Filter out incoming multicast packages before applying their bitrate
to the rx bitrate station info field to prevent them from setting the
rx bitrate to the basic multicast rate.
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <hrogge@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These BUG_ON statements should never trigger, but in the unlikely
event that somebody does manage don't stop everything but simply
exit the code path with an error.
Leave the one BUG_ON where changing it would result in a NULL
pointer dereference.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement the new cfg80211 capability to enable mac80211-based drivers
to support for dynamic channel bandwidth changes (e.g., HT 20/40 MHz
changes).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
P2P_DEVICE doesn't support ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify() for now,
so it's not needed to set changed flags for P2P_DEVICE.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_assign_chanctx() checks if local->use_chanctx is true, so
the two code block related to ieee80211_assign_chanctx() can be moved
into above if clause, emphasize that these code are executed only if
local->use_chanctx is true.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
[change subject]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Return NOTIFY_DONE if we don't care this time's notification, return
NOTIFY_OK if we successfully handled this time's notification. That's
the formal way to do it.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The BUG_ON(!err) can't be triggered in the code path, so remove
it.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
And some code style changes in the function, and correct a typo in
comment.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some chips can encrypt managment frames in HW, but
require generated IV in the frame. Add a key flag
that allows us to achieve this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
[use BIT(0) to fill that spot, fix indentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It doesn't make much sense to store refcount in
the chanctx structure. One still needs to hold
chanctx_mtx to get the value safely. Besides,
refcount isn't on performance critical paths.
This will make implementing chanctx reservation
refcounting a little easier.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel context refcount is protected by
chanctx_mtx. Accessing the value without holding
the mutex is racy. RCU section didn't guarantee
anything here.
Theoretically ieee80211_channel_switch() could
fail to see refcount change and read "1" instead
of, e.g. "2". This means mac80211 could accept CSA
even though it shouldn't have.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function did a little too much. Split it up so
the code can be easily reused in the future.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function did a little too much. Split it up so
the code can be easily reused in the future.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use a separate function to look for reservation
chanctx. For multi-interface/channel reservation
search sematics differ slightly.
The new routine allows reservations to be merged
with chanctx that are already reserved by other
interface(s).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows new vifs to be assigned to a chanctx
as long as chanctx's reservation chandefs (if any)
and chanctx's current chandef (implied by assigned
vifs at the time, if any) and the new vif chandef
are all compatible.
This implies it is impossible to assign a new vif
to an in-place reservation chanctx.
This gives no advantages for single-channel
hardware. It makes sense for multi-channel
hardware only.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can be useful. Provides a more straghtforward
way to iterate over interfaces taking part in
chanctx reservation and allows tracking chanctx
usage explicitly.
The structure is protected by local->chanctx_mtx.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can be useful. Provides a more straghtforward
way to iterate over interfaces bound to a given
chanctx and allows tracking chanctx usage
explicitly.
The structure is protected by local->chanctx_mtx.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Initial chanctx reservation code wasn't aware of
radar detection requirements. This is necessary
for chanctx reservations to be used for channel
switching in the future.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Do not allocate more channel contexts than a
driver is capable for currently matching interface
combination.
This allows the ieee80211_vif_reserve_chanctx() to
act as a guard against breaking interface
combinations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The utility function has no uses yet. It is aimed
at future chanctx reservation management and
channel switching.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a path target responds to a path request, its response
always contains the most up-to-date information; accordingly,
it should use the latest target_sn, regardless of
net_traversal_jiffies(). Otherwise, only the first path
response is considered when constructing a path, as it will
have the highest target_sn of all replies during that period.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, the code to copy the RSN IE from the mesh config
would increment its pointer by one in the loop instead of by
the element length, so there was the potential for mistaking
another IE's data fields as the RSN IE.
cfg80211_find_ie() exists, so just use that.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
u16_field_get() is a simple wrapper around get_unaligned_le16(),
and it is being assigned to a u16, so there's no need to
promote to u32 in the middle.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can be useful for testing purposes to confirm valid AP behavior on
HT 20/40 co-existence functionality.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When using RTS/CTS, the CTS-to-Self bit in radiotap TX flags is
getting set instead of the RTS bit. Set the correct one.
Reported-by: Larry Maxwell <larrymaxwell@agilemesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch "mac80211: implement SMPS for AP" has caused kernel
oops at mesh STA if the peer mesh STA operates in sleep mode
and then becomes active mode. It can be easily reproduced by
setting the following commands at peer mesh STA:
iw mesh0 station set aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff mesh_power_mode deep
iw mesh0 station set aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff mesh_power_mode active
Kernel oops will happen at mesh STA aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff.
Fix this by avoiding SMPS for mesh mode.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Their power value is initialized to zero. This patch fixes an issue
where the configured power drops to the minimum value when AP_VLAN
interfaces are created/removed.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some header files in mac80211 don't include all the
header files they require, fix that.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With single-channel drivers, we need to be able to change a running
chanctx if we want to use chanctx reservation. Not all drivers may be
able to do this, so add a flag that indicates support for it.
Changing a running chanctx can also be used as an optimization in
multi-channel drivers when the context needs to be reserved for future
usage.
Introduce IEEE80211_CHANCTX_RESERVED chanctx mode to mark a channel as
reserved so nobody else can use it (since we know it's going to
change). In the future, we may allow several vifs to use the same
reservation as long as they plan to use the chanctx on the same
future channel.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to support channel switch with multiple vifs and multiple
contexts, we implement a concept of channel context reservation. This
allows us to reserve a channel context to be used later.
The reservation functionality is not tied directly to channel switch
and may be used in other situations (eg. reserving a channel context
during IBSS join).
We first check if an existing compatible context exists and if it
does, we reserve it. If there is no compatible context we create a
new one and reserve it.
Additionally, split ieee80211_vif_copy_chanctx_to_vlans() so we can
call it while already holding the chanctx mutex.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Combine the functions into one, so that we can switch from one context
to the other without having to unassign and assign separately. This
is needed by the channel reservation functionality because otherwise
we have a small period of time when the chanctx is set to NULL, which
can cause problems if someone else is trying to dereference it.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_vif_change_channel() locks chanctx_mtx. When implementing
channel reservation for CS, we will need to call the function to
change channel when the lock is already held, so split the part that
requires the lock out and leave the locking in the original function.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It was impossible to change chanctx of master AP
for AP VLANs because the copy function requires
RTNL which can't be simply taken in mac80211 code
due to possible deadlocks.
This is required for future chanctx reservation
that re-bind vifs to new chanctx. This requires
safe AP VLAN iteration without RTNL.
Now VLANs can be iterated while holding either
RTNL or local->mtx because the list is modified
while holding both of these locks.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Get rid of the cfg80211_can_add_interface() and
cfg80211_can_change_interface() functions by moving that functionality
to mac80211. With this patch all interface combination checks are now
out of cfg80211 (except for the channel switch case which will be
addressed in a future commit).
Additionally, modify the ieee80211_check_combinations() function so
that an undefined chandef can be passed, in order to use it before a
channel is defined.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Now that mac80211 can check the interface combinations itself, move
the combinations check from cfg80211 to mac80211 when joining an IBSS.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the counting part of the interface combination check from
cfg80211 to mac80211.
This is needed to simplify locking when the driver has to perform a
combination check by itself (eg. with channel-switch).
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some interface types don't require DFS (such as STATION, P2P_CLIENT
etc). In order to centralize these decisions, make
cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() take the iftype into consideration.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow GO operation on a channel marked with IEEE80211_CHAN_GO_CONCURRENT
iff there is an active station interface that is associated to
an AP operating on the same channel in the 2 GHz band or the same UNII band
(in the 5 GHz band). This relaxation is not allowed if the channel is
marked with IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR.
Note that this is a permissive approach to the FCC definitions,
that require a clear assessment that the device operating the AP is
an authorized master, i.e., with radar detection and DFS capabilities.
It is assumed that such restrictions are enforced by user space.
Furthermore, it is assumed, that if the conditions that allowed for
the operation of the GO on such a channel change, i.e., the station
interface disconnected from the AP, it is the responsibility of user
space to evacuate the GO from the channel.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
rcu_assign_pointer() ensures that the initialization of a structure is
carried out before storing a pointer to that structure. However, in the
case that NULL is assigned there's no structure to initialize so using
RCU_INIT_POINTER instead is safe and more efficient.
Signed-off-by: Monam Agarwal <monamagarwal123@gmail.com>
[squash eight tiny patches, rewrite commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will allow the low level driver to make decision based
on the vif such as queues etc...
Since the vif might be NULL, we can't add it to the tracing
functions.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[fix staging rtl8821ae driver]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Replaced the use of a Variable Length Array In Struct (VLAIS) with a
C99 compliant equivalent. This is the original VLAIS struct.
struct {
struct aead_request req;
u8 priv[crypto_aead_reqsize(tfm)];
} aead_req;
This patch instead allocates the appropriate amount of memory using a
char array.
The new code can be compiled with both gcc and clang.
Signed-off-by: Jan-Simon Möller <dl9pf@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Behan Webster <behanw@converseincode.com>
[small style cleanups]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rate controller in firmware may also return the Tx Rate
used for management frame that is usually sent as lowest
Tx Rate (1Mbps in 2.4GHz). So update the last_tx_rate only
if it is data frame.
This patch is tested with ath9k_htc.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If chandef had non-HT width it was possible for
radar_enabled update to not be propagated properly
through drv_config(). This happened because
ieee80211_hw_conf_chan() would never see different
local->hw.conf.chandef and local->_oper_chandef.
This wasn't a problem with HT chandefs because
_oper_chandef width is reset to non-HT in
ieee80211_free_chanctx() making
ieee80211_hw_conf_chan() to kick in.
This problem led (at least) ath10k to not start
CAC if prior CAC was cancelled and both CACs were
requested for identical non-HT chandefs.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All antennas should be operational when monitoring to maximize
reception.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Jouni reported that when doing off-channel transmissions mixed
with on-channel transmissions, the on-channel ones ended up on
the off-channel in some cases.
The reason for that is that during the refactoring of the off-
channel code, I lost the part that stopped all activity and as
a consequence the on-channel frames (including data frames)
were no longer queued but would be transmitted on the temporary
channel.
Fix this by simply restoring the lost activity stop call.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 2eb278e083 ("mac80211: unify SW/offload remain-on-channel")
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a bit in rx_status.vht_flags to let the low level driver
notify mac80211 about a beamformed packet. Propagate this
to the radiotap header.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On 2.4Ghz band, the channels overlap since the delta
between different channels is 5Mhz while the width of the
receiver is 20Mhz (at least).
This means that we can hear beacons or probe responses from
adjacent channels. These frames will have a significant
lower RSSI which will feed all kinds of logic with inaccurate
data. An obvious example is the roaming algorithm that will
think our AP is getting weak and will try to move to another
AP.
In order to avoid this, update the signal only if the frame
has been heard on the same channel as the one advertised by
the AP in its DS / HT IEs.
We refrain from updating the values only if the AP is
already in the BSS list so that we will still have a valid
(but inaccurate) value if the AP was heard on an adjacent
channel only.
To achieve this, stop taking the channel from DS / HT IEs
in mac80211. The DS / HT IEs is taken into account to
discard the frame if it was received on a disabled channel.
This can happen due to the same phenomenon: the frame is
sent on channel 12, but heard on channel 11 while channel
12 can be disabled on certain devices. Since this check
is done in cfg80211, stop even checking this in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[remove unused rx_freq variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Assuming sched_scan_stop operation is synchronous the driver may not
necessary call ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped_work. Since this work is
the only place where sched_scan_sdata is released we can possibly run
into situation when it is never released. Fix this by releasing it
just after calling drv_sched_scan_stop.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
commit de74a1d903
"mac80211: fix WPA with VLAN on AP side with ps-sta"
fixed an issue where queued multicast packets would
be sent out encrypted with the key of an other bss.
commit "7cbf9d017dbb5e3276de7d527925d42d4c11e732"
"mac80211: fix oops on mesh PS broadcast forwarding"
essentially reverted it, because vif.type cannot be AP_VLAN
due to the check to vif.type in ieee80211_get_buffered_bc before.
As the later commit intended to fix the MESH case, fix it
by checking for IFTYPE_AP instead of IFTYPE_AP_VLAN.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 7cbf9d017d ("mac80211: fix oops on mesh PS broadcast forwarding")
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since Stanislaw's patch removing the quiescing code, mac80211 had
a race regarding suspend vs. authentication: as cfg80211 doesn't
track authentication attempts, it can't abort them. Therefore the
attempts may be kept running while suspending, which can lead to
all kinds of issues, in at least some cases causing an error in
iwlmvm firmware.
Fix this by aborting the authentication attempt when suspending.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 12e7f51702 ("mac80211: cleanup generic suspend/resume procedures")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When still authenticating the mac80211 code handling a deauthentication
requests from userspace doesn't verify that the request is valid in any
way, fix that. Additionally, it never returns an error, even if there's
no connection or authentication attempt, fix that as well.
While at it, move the message to not print a message in the error case
and to distinguish between the two cases.
Also simplify the code by duplicating the cfg80211 call.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The bss struct might be freed in ieee80211_rx_bss_put(),
so we shouldn't use it afterwards.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org (3.10+)
Fixes: 817cee7675 ("mac80211: track AP's beacon rate and give it to the driver")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c
Both the r8152 and netback conflicts were simple overlapping
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/recv.c
drivers/net/wireless/mwifiex/pcie.c
net/ipv6/sit.c
The SIT driver conflict consists of a bug fix being done by hand
in 'net' (missing u64_stats_init()) whilst in 'net-next' a helper
was created (netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats()) which takes care of this.
The two wireless conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid leaking data by sending uninitialized memory and setting an
invalid (non-zero) fragment number (the sequence number is ignored
anyway) by setting the seq_ctrl field to zero.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 3f52b7e328 ("mac80211: mesh power save basics")
Fixes: ce662b44ce ("mac80211: send (QoS) Null if no buffered frames")
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add missing update on the rx status vht flag of the last
data packet. Otherwise, cfg80211_calculate_bitrate_vht
may not consider the channel width resulting in wrong
calculation of the received bitrate.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function was quite big. This splits out beacon
updating into a separate function for improved
maintenance and extension.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When calculating the current max bw required for
a channel context, we didn't consider the virtual
monitor interface, resulting in its channel context
being narrower than configured.
This broke monitor mode with iwlmvm, which uses the
minimal width.
Reported-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a VHT network uses 20 or 40 MHz as per the HT operation
information, the channel center frequency segment 0 field in
the VHT operation information is reserved, so ignore it.
This fixes association with such networks when the AP puts 0
into the field, previously we'd disconnect due to an invalid
channel with the message
wlan0: AP VHT information is invalid, disable VHT
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: f2d9d270c1 ("mac80211: support VHT association")
Reported-by: Tim Nelson <tim.l.nelson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Send Channel Availability Check time as a parameter
of start_radar_detection() callback.
Get CAC time from regulatory database.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The MLME code in mac80211 must track whether or not the AP changed
bandwidth, but if there's no change while tracking it shouldn't do
anything, otherwise regulatory updates can make it impossible to
connect to certain APs if the regulatory database doesn't match the
information from the AP. See the precise scenario described in the
code.
This still leaves some possible problems with CSA or if the AP
actually changed bandwidth, but those cases are less common and
won't completely prevent using it.
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=70881
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-and-tested-by: Nate Carlson <kernel@natecarlson.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Error codes returned by cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() are ignored
when trying to join an IBSS. Fix this by printing an error and
returning.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously we were warning and using automatic when a driver sent an
update request with SMPS off. This patch makes it possible for
drivers to disable SMPS at runtime, for whatever reason.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to solve races with sched_scan_stop, it is necessary
for the driver to be able to return an error to propagate that
to cfg80211 so it doesn't send an event.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While framing the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame, the driver needs to
know if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable and thus shall construct
the VHT/HT operation / WMM parameter elements accordingly. Supplicant
determines if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable based on the
presence of the respective IEs in the received TDLS Setup Response frame.
The host driver should not need to parse the received TDLS Response
frame and thus, should be able to rely on the supplicant to indicate
the capability of the peer through additional flags while transmitting
the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame through tdls_mgmt operations.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt Undekari <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Consider the following (relatively unlikely) scenario:
1) station goes to sleep while frames are buffered in driver
2) driver blocks wakeup (until no more frames are buffered)
3) station wakes up again
4) driver unblocks wakeup
In this case, the current mac80211 code will do the following:
1) WLAN_STA_PS_STA set
2) WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER set
3) - nothing -
4) WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER cleared
As a result, no frames will be delivered to the client, even
though it is awake, until it sends another frame to us that
triggers ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup() in sta_ps_end().
Since we now take the PS spinlock, we can fix this while at
the same time removing the complexity with the pending skb
queue function. This was broken since my commit 50a9432dae
("mac80211: fix powersaving clients races") due to removing
the clearing of WLAN_STA_PS_STA in the RX path.
While at it, fix a cleanup path issue when a station is
removed while the driver is still blocking its wakeup.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's a race condition in mac80211 because we add stations
to the internal lists after adding them to the driver, which
means that (for example) the following can happen:
1. a station connects and is added
2. first, it is added to the driver
3. then, it is added to the mac80211 lists
If the station goes to sleep between steps 2 and 3, and the
firmware/hardware records it as being asleep, mac80211 will
never instruct the driver to wake it up again as it never
realized it went to sleep since the RX path discarded the
frame as a "spurious class 3 frame", no station entry was
present yet.
Fix this by adding the station in software first, and only
then adding it to the driver. That way, any state that the
driver changes will be reflected properly in mac80211's
station state. The problematic part is the roll-back if the
driver fails to add the station, in that case a bit more is
needed. To not make that overly complex prevent starting BA
sessions in the meantime.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is a race between the TX path and the STA wakeup: while
a station is sleeping, mac80211 buffers frames until it wakes
up, then the frames are transmitted. However, the RX and TX
path are concurrent, so the packet indicating wakeup can be
processed while a packet is being transmitted.
This can lead to a situation where the buffered frames list
is emptied on the one side, while a frame is being added on
the other side, as the station is still seen as sleeping in
the TX path.
As a result, the newly added frame will not be send anytime
soon. It might be sent much later (and out of order) when the
station goes to sleep and wakes up the next time.
Additionally, it can lead to the crash below.
Fix all this by synchronising both paths with a new lock.
Both path are not fastpath since they handle PS situations.
In a later patch we'll remove the extra skb queue locks to
reduce locking overhead.
BUG: unable to handle kernel
NULL pointer dereference at 000000b0
IP: [<ff6f1791>] ieee80211_report_used_skb+0x11/0x3e0 [mac80211]
*pde = 00000000
Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP DEBUG_PAGEALLOC
EIP: 0060:[<ff6f1791>] EFLAGS: 00210282 CPU: 1
EIP is at ieee80211_report_used_skb+0x11/0x3e0 [mac80211]
EAX: e5900da0 EBX: 00000000 ECX: 00000001 EDX: 00000000
ESI: e41d00c0 EDI: e5900da0 EBP: ebe458e4 ESP: ebe458b0
DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 00e0 SS: 0068
CR0: 8005003b CR2: 000000b0 CR3: 25a78000 CR4: 000407d0
DR0: 00000000 DR1: 00000000 DR2: 00000000 DR3: 00000000
DR6: ffff0ff0 DR7: 00000400
Process iperf (pid: 3934, ti=ebe44000 task=e757c0b0 task.ti=ebe44000)
iwlwifi 0000:02:00.0: I iwl_pcie_enqueue_hcmd Sending command LQ_CMD (#4e), seq: 0x0903, 92 bytes at 3[3]:9
Stack:
e403b32c ebe458c4 00200002 00200286 e403b338 ebe458cc c10960bb e5900da0
ff76a6ec ebe458d8 00000000 e41d00c0 e5900da0 ebe458f0 ff6f1b75 e403b210
ebe4598c ff723dc1 00000000 ff76a6ec e597c978 e403b758 00000002 00000002
Call Trace:
[<ff6f1b75>] ieee80211_free_txskb+0x15/0x20 [mac80211]
[<ff723dc1>] invoke_tx_handlers+0x1661/0x1780 [mac80211]
[<ff7248a5>] ieee80211_tx+0x75/0x100 [mac80211]
[<ff7249bf>] ieee80211_xmit+0x8f/0xc0 [mac80211]
[<ff72550e>] ieee80211_subif_start_xmit+0x4fe/0xe20 [mac80211]
[<c149ef70>] dev_hard_start_xmit+0x450/0x950
[<c14b9aa9>] sch_direct_xmit+0xa9/0x250
[<c14b9c9b>] __qdisc_run+0x4b/0x150
[<c149f732>] dev_queue_xmit+0x2c2/0xca0
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Yaara Rozenblum <yaara.rozenblum@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
[reword commit log, use a separate lock]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new argument for ndo_select_queue() callback that passes a
fallback handler. This gets invoked through netdev_pick_tx();
fallback handler is currently __netdev_pick_tx() as most drivers
invoke this function within their customized implementation in
case for skbs that don't need any special handling. This fallback
handler can then be replaced on other call-sites with different
queue selection methods (e.g. in packet sockets, pktgen etc).
This also has the nice side-effect that __netdev_pick_tx() is
then only invoked from netdev_pick_tx() and export of that
function to modules can be undone.
Suggested-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NAPI was originally added to mac80211 a long time ago (by John in
commit 4e6cbfd09c in July 2010), but then removed years later
(by Stanislaw in commit 30c97120c6 in February 2013). No driver
ever used it, so that was fine.
Now I'm adding support for NAPI to our driver, so add some code
to mac80211 again to support NAPI. John was originally wrapping
some (but not nearly all NAPI-related functions), but that doesn't
scale very well with the number of functions that are there, some
of which are even only inlines. Thus, instead of doing that, let
the drivers manage the NAPI struct, except for napi_add() which is
needed so mac80211 knows how to call napi_gro_receive().
Also remove some no longer needed definitions that were left when
NAPI support was removed.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Create a function to return a descriptive string for each reason code,
and print that in addition to the numeric value in the kernel log. These
codes are easily found on popular search engines, but one is generally
not able to access the internet when dealing with wireless connectivity
issues.
Signed-off-by: Calvin Owens <jcalvinowens@gmail.com>
[use 'unknown' rather than 'invalid' since more valid codes exist]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to start iterating the list only to break on the
first item, just use !list_empty() and also simplify the whole
conditional into a single expression.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Improves reliability of wifi connections with WPA, since authentication
frames are prioritized over normal traffic and also typically exempt
from aggregation.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove size of SSID IE from the IE buffer in scan and
sched scan, since this IE isn't added to this buffer.
Reviewed-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case ieee80211_prep_connection() fails to dereference
sdata->vif.chanctx_conf, the function returns and doesn't
free new_sta. fixed.
Signed-off-by: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case we were not suspended, the reconfig function returns without
configuring the scheduled scan.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add beacon_loss debugfs file that emulates
ieee80211_beacon_loss call from the driver.
This can be used for various testing scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of beacon_loss with IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR
device, mac80211 probes the ap (and disconnects on timeout)
but ignores the ack.
If we already got an ack, there's no reason to continue
disconnecting. this can help devices that supports
IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR only partially (e.g. take
care of keep alives, but does not probe the ap.
In case the device wants to disconnect without probing,
it can just call ieee80211_connection_loss.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We already have a band variable, so the new one is just
shadowing it, but the existing one already holds the
same value so just remove the inner one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During channel context assignment, the interface should
be found by interface iteration, so we need to assign the
pointer before the channel context.
Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Tested-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The "new" fragmentation code (since my rewrite almost 5 years ago)
erroneously sets skb->len rather than using skb_trim() to adjust
the length of the first fragment after copying out all the others.
This leaves the skb tail pointer pointing to after where the data
originally ended, and thus causes the encryption MIC to be written
at that point, rather than where it belongs: immediately after the
data.
The impact of this is that if software encryption is done, then
a) encryption doesn't work for the first fragment, the connection
becomes unusable as the first fragment will never be properly
verified at the receiver, the MIC is practically guaranteed to
be wrong
b) we leak up to 8 bytes of plaintext (!) of the packet out into
the air
This is only mitigated by the fact that many devices are capable
of doing encryption in hardware, in which case this can't happen
as the tail pointer is irrelevant in that case. Additionally,
fragmentation is not used very frequently and would normally have
to be configured manually.
Fix this by using skb_trim() properly.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 2de8e0d999 ("mac80211: rewrite fragmentation")
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, when a station leaves an IBSS network, the
corresponding BSS is not dropped from cfg80211 if there are
other active stations in the network. But, the small
window that is present when trying to determine a station's
status based on IEEE80211_IBSS_MERGE_INTERVAL introduces
a race.
Instead of trying to keep the BSS, always remove it when
leaving an IBSS network. There is not much benefit to retain
the BSS entry since it will be added with a subsequent join
operation.
This fixes an issue where a dangling BSS entry causes ath9k
to wait for a beacon indefinitely.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Reported-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver cannot start the AP or when the assignement
of the beacon goes wrong, we need to unassign the vif.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_start_roc_work() might add a new roc
to existing roc, and tell cfg80211 it has already
started.
However, this might happen before the roc cookie
was set, resulting in REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL (started)
event with null cookie. Consequently, it can make
wpa_supplicant go out of sync.
Fix it by setting the roc cookie earlier.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This capabilities weren't propagated to the radiotap header.
We don't set here the VHT_KNOWN / MCS_HAVE flag because not
all the low level drivers will know how to properly flag
the frames, hence the low level driver will be in charge
of setting IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FEC,
IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_STBC and / or
IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_STBC according to its
capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_rx_status.flags is full. Define a new vht_flag
variable to be able to set more VHT related flags and make
room in flags.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> [ath10k]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The purpose of this housekeeping is to make some room for
VHT flags. The radiotap vendor fields weren't in use.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In association request frames, there may be IEs passed from
userspace (such as interworking IEs) between HT and VHT, so
add code to insert those inbetween them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In probe request frames, the VHT IEs should come before any
vendor IEs, but after interworking and similar, so add code
to order them correctly wrt. the IEs passed from userspace.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Update the operating mode field is needed when an association
request contains the operating mode notification element and
it's not just changed later on the fly.
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
[clarify commit log, comments & fix whitespace]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When receiving an IBSS_JOINED event select the BSS object
based on the {bssid, channel} couple rather than the bssid
only.
With the current approach if another cell having the same
BSSID (but using a different channel) exists then cfg80211
picks up the wrong BSS object.
The result is a mismatching channel configuration between
cfg80211 and the driver, that can lead to any sort of
problem.
The issue can be triggered by having an IBSS sitting on
given channel and then asking the driver to create a new
cell using the same BSSID but with a different frequency.
By passing the channel to cfg80211_get_bss() we can solve
this ambiguity and retrieve/create the correct BSS object.
All the users of cfg80211_ibss_joined() have been changed
accordingly.
Moreover WARN when cfg80211_ibss_joined() gets a NULL
channel as argument and remove a bogus call of the same
function in ath6kl (it does not make sense to call
cfg80211_ibss_joined() with a zero BSSID on ibss-leave).
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Cc: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@iki.fi>
Cc: libertas-dev@lists.infradead.org
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
[minor code cleanup in ath6kl]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Action, disassoc and deauth frames are bufferable, and as such don't
have the PM bit in the frame control field reserved which means we
need to react to the bit when receiving in such a frame.
Fix this by introducing a new helper ieee80211_is_bufferable_mmpdu()
and using it for the RX path that currently ignores the PM bit in
any non-data frames for doze->wake transitions, but listens to it in
all frames for wake->doze transitions, both of which are wrong.
Also use the new helper in the TX path to clean up the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Compiling with W=1 found a few variables that are set
but not used (-Wunused-but-set-variable), remove them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Responding to probe requests for scanning clients will often create
excessive retries, as it happens quite often that the scanning client
already left the channel. Therefore do it like hostapd and send probe
responses for wildcard SSID only once by using the noack flag.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <simon@open-mesh.com>
[fix typo & 'wildcard SSID' in commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ieee80211_vif_use_channel() function calls
ieee80211_vif_release_channel(), so there's no need to call it
explicitly in __ieee80211_sta_join_ibss().
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch adds a missing sdata lock and adds a few
lockdeps for easier maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
radar_required setting wasn't protected by
local->mtx in some places. This should prevent
from scanning/radar detection/roc colliding.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The sdata->vif.csa_active could be left set after,
e.g. channel context constraints check fail in STA
mode leaving the interface in a strange state for
a brief period of time until it is disconnected.
This was harmless but ugly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If CSA for AP interface failed and the interface
was not stopped afterwards another CSA request
would leak sdata->u.ap.next_beacon.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of having
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify() scattered all
over the place just call it once when finalizing
CSA.
As a side effect this patch adds missing error
checking for IBSS CSA beacon update.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[fix err vs. changed variable usage in ieee80211_csa_finalize()]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A few places weren't checking that the frame passed to the
function actually has enough data even though the function
clearly documents it must have a payload byte. Make this
safer by changing the function to take an skb and checking
the length inside. The old version is preserved for now as
the rtl* drivers use it and don't have a correct skb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ATM, {ADD,DEL}BA and BAR frames are sent on the AC matching the TID of
the BA parameters. In the discussion [1] about this patch, Johannes
recalled that it fixed some races with the DELBA and indeed this
behavior was introduced in [2].
While [2] is right for the BARs, the part queueing the {ADD,DEL}BAs on
their BA params TID AC violates the spec and is more a workaround for
some drivers. Helmut expressed some concerns wrt such drivers, in
particular DELBAs in rt2x00.
ATM, DELBAs are sent after a driver has called (hence "purposely")
ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe and Johannes and Emmanuel gave some
details wrt intentions behind the split of the IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_*
given to the driver ampdu_action supposed to call this function, which
could prove handy to people trying to do the right thing in faulty
drivers (if their fw/hw don't get in their way).
[1] http://mid.gmane.org/1390391564-18481-1-git-send-email-karl.beldan@gmail.com
[2] Commit: cf6bb79ad8 ("mac80211: Use appropriate TID for sending BAR, ADDBA and DELBA frames")
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Cc: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's not a single rate control algorithm actually in
a separate module where the module refcount would be
required. Similarly, there's no specific rate control
module.
Therefore, all the module handling code in rate control
is really just dead code, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The sample table is initialized only once at module start, so
is really __read_mostly. Additionally, the code to init it can
be marked __init since it will never be needed again, it is
likely automatically inlined into the __init function already
by the compiler, so this doesn't really make a difference.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The wiphy privid (to identify wiphys) and the cfg80211
ops should both be const, so change them to be.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change the code to allow making all the rate control ops
const, nothing ever needs to change them. Also change all
drivers to make use of this and mark the ops const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Restrict our published beamformee STS capability according
to the AP value.
Some AP show bad behaviour in interoperability testing
when our capabilities are better.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Initialize the buffer to all zeroes, otherwise the stack
data might be interpreted as the TID, which is likely to
fail completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case the given ROC duration is 0, update it to a minimal value before
setting the ieee80211_roc_work parameters, so it also would be valid
for cases where scan is in progress or there are other ROCs queued.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since we copy the mesh_id_len into our own data structures,
use it consistently and don't sometimes use cfg80211's copy.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh_id is an array so can't ever be NULL, it looks
like mesh_id_len check was intended instead. However,
since the previous patch, cfg80211 does the check, so
just remove it here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh precedence value in ieee80211_channel_switch
should be incremented or set to 1 only if this is the
initiator of mesh channel switch. For non-initiator,
the precedence value has updated using the Mesh
Channel Switch Parameters element. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC is set, mac80211 will perform a
division by max_signal in ieee80211_bss_info_update. If max_signal
is not properly set by the driver (for example it is zero) this
leads to a divide error and crash.
Thanks to Larry Finger, who pointed me to this.
This patch adds in ieee80211_register_hw one more check to detect
this condition and eventually returns -EINVAL, as already done for
other checks already performed there.
Signed-off-by: andrea merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
[move to an already existing SIGNAL_UNSPEC check]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 7ec7c4a9a6 ("mac80211: port CCMP to cryptoapi's CCM driver")
resulted in the 'encrypted' param of ccmp_special_blocks() to be no
longer used so it can be dropped from the prototype.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A beacon should never have a Channel Switch Announcement information
element with a count of 0, because a count of 1 means switch just
before the next beacon. So, if a count of 0 was valid in a beacon, it
would have been transmitted in the next channel already, which is
useless. A CSA count equal to zero is only meaningful in action
frames or probe_responses.
Fix the ieee80211_csa_is_complete() and ieee80211_update_csa()
functions accordingly.
With a CSA count of 0, we won't transmit any CSA beacons, because the
switch will happen before the next TBTT. To avoid extra work and
potential confusion in the drivers, complete the CSA immediately,
instead of waiting for the driver to call ieee80211_csa_finish().
To keep things simpler, we also switch immediately when the CSA count
is 1, while in theory we should delay the switch until just before the
next TBTT.
Additionally, move the ieee80211_csa_finish() function to cfg.c,
where it makes more sense.
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The return value of ieee80211_mesh_csa_beacon is not aligned with the
return value of ieee80211_assign_beacon() and
ieee80211_ibss_csa_beacon(). For consistency and to be able to use
both functions with similar code, change ieee80211_mesh_csa_beacon()
not to send the bss changed notification itself, but return what has
changed so the caller can send the notification instead.
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Refactor ieee80211_mesh_process_chanswitch() to use
ieee80211_channel_switch() and avoid code duplication.
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, the tx queue were selected implicitly in ndo_dfwd_start_xmit(). The
will cause several issues:
- NETIF_F_LLTX were removed for macvlan, so txq lock were done for macvlan
instead of lower device which misses the necessary txq synchronization for
lower device such as txq stopping or frozen required by dev watchdog or
control path.
- dev_hard_start_xmit() was called with NULL txq which bypasses the net device
watchdog.
- dev_hard_start_xmit() does not check txq everywhere which will lead a crash
when tso is disabled for lower device.
Fix this by explicitly introducing a new param for .ndo_select_queue() for just
selecting queues in the case of l2 forwarding offload. netdev_pick_tx() was also
extended to accept this parameter and dev_queue_xmit_accel() was used to do l2
forwarding transmission.
With this fixes, NETIF_F_LLTX could be preserved for macvlan and there's no need
to check txq against NULL in dev_hard_start_xmit(). Also there's no need to keep
a dedicated ndo_dfwd_start_xmit() and we can just reuse the code of
dev_queue_xmit() to do the transmission.
In the future, it was also required for macvtap l2 forwarding support since it
provides a necessary synchronization method.
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: e1000-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a uAPSD service period ends with an MMPDU, we currently just
send that MMPDU, but it obviously won't get the EOSP bit set as
it doesn't have a QoS header. This contradicts the standard, so
add a QoS-nulldata frame after the MMPDU to properly terminate
the service period with a frame that has EOSP set.
Also fix a bug wrt. the TID for the MMPDU, it shouldn't be set
to 0 unconditionally but use the actual TID that was assigned.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The temporary TX info flags need to be cleared if the frame will
be processed through the TX handlers again, otherwise it can get
messed up. This fixes a bug that happened when an aggregation
session was stopped while the station was sleeping - some frames
might get transmitted marked as aggregation erroneously without
this fix.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a response for PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame is sent, the
more-data bit should be set according to 802.11-2012 11.2.1.5 h),
meaning that it should indicate more data on the relevant ACs
(delivery-enabled or nondelivery-enabled for uAPSD or PS-Poll.)
In, for example, the following scenario:
* 1 frame on VO queue (either in driver or in mac80211)
* at least 1 frame on VI queue (in the driver)
* both VO/VI are delivery-enabled
* uAPSD trigger frame received
The more-data flag to the driver would not be set, even though
it should be.
While fixing this, I noticed that we should really release frames
from multiple ACs where there's data buffered in the driver for
the corresponding TIDs.
To address all this, restructure the code a bit to consider all
ACs if we only release driver frames or only buffered frames.
This also addresses the more-data bug described above as now the
TIDs will all be marked as released, so the driver will have to
check the number of frames.
While at it, clarify some code and comments and remove the found
variable, replacing it with the appropriate sw/hw release check.
Reported-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using ffs() for the PS-Poll release TID is wrong, it will cause
frames to be released in order 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 instead of the
correct 7 6 5 4 3 0 2 1. Fix this by adding a new function that
implements "highest priority TID" properly.
Reported-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In managed mode, we should not ask for OFF mode because the
power settings may still require DYNAMIC. In AP mode, this
should be allowed since the default settings is OFF and
AUTOMATIC is not allowed.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using an int with 0/1 is not very common, make the function
return a bool instead with the same values (false/true).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No need to assign the return value of prepare_for_handlers
to a variable if the only usage is to test it.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On starting a mesh or AP BSS, the interface dtim_count
countdown should match that of the driver TSF.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <twpedersen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Enable the WME for peer mesh STA so that the driver,
such as wcn36xx, will pick this up and enabling it in HW.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the internal scan request allocation below the last
sanity check in ieee80211_register_hw() to avoid leaking
memory if the sanity check actually triggers.
Reported-by: ZHAO Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the station's TX latency data structures need to be
allocated, handle failures properly and also free all the
structures if there are any other problems.
Move the allocation code up so that allocation failures
don't trigger rate control algorithm calls.
Reported-by: ZHAO Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Clean up the file macros a bit and use that to remove the
unnecessary format function for the tkip MIC test file
that really is write-only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is useful for debugging issues with drivers using this
function (erroneously), so add tracing for the API call.
Change-Id: Ice9d7eabb8fecbac188f0a741920d3488de700ec
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the RTNL can't always be held, use wdev/sdata locking for
the qos-map dereference in mac80211. This requires cfg80211 to
consistently lock it, which it was missing in one place.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use the possibly more efficient ether_addr_equal
to instead of memcmp.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Wang Weidong <wangweidong1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows QoS mapping from external networks to be implemented as
defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 10.24.9. APs can use this to advertise
DSCP ranges and exceptions for mapping frames to a specific UP over
Wi-Fi.
The payload of the QoS Map Set element (IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97)
is sent to the driver through the new NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP attribute to
configure the local behavior either on the AP (based on local
configuration) or on a station (based on information received from the
AP).
Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The scan code creates an iflist_mtx -> mtx locking dependency,
and a few other places, notably radar detection, were creating
the opposite dependency, causing lockdep to complain. As scan
and radar detection are mutually exclusive, the deadlock can't
really happen in practice, but it's still bad form.
A similar issue exists in the monitor mode code, but this is
only used by channel-context drivers right now and those have
to have hardware scan, so that also can't happen.
Still, fix these issues by making some of the channel context
code require the mtx to be held rather than acquiring it, thus
allowing the monitor/radar callers to keep the iflist_mtx->mtx
lock ordering.
While at it, also fix access to the local->scanning variable
in the radar code, and document that radar_detect_enabled is
now properly protected by the mtx.
All this would now introduce an ABBA deadlock between the DFS
work cancelling and local->mtx, so change the locking there a
bit to not need to use cancel_delayed_work_sync() but be able
to just use cancel_delayed_work(). The work is also safely
stopped/removed when the interface is stopped, so no extra
changes are needed.
Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The radar detection code changed a few times, and due to
the changes some iflist_mtx locking stayed in that isn't
actually necessary - remove it.
One version of the code needed it because an AP interface's
VLAN list was changed to use this, but then we moved the
list handling outside of the chanctx handling and thus the
locking was no longer needed.
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Its address is used as an unsigned long *, so make sure
that the tim u8 array is properly aligned.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function is only used in one file, so move it up a
bit to avoid forward declarations and make it static.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix a number of different checkpatch errors.
Signed-off-by: Weilong Chen <chenweilong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The check needs to apply to both multicast and unicast packets,
otherwise probe requests on AP mode scans are sent through the multicast
buffer queue, which adds long delays (often longer than the scanning
interval).
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow to read management keys stored in a station's gtk key
array with a get_key function.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Verify that a pairwise key index value on ieee80211_get_key call
doesn't exceed the boundaries of the pairwise key array.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The return value of ieee80211_ibss_csa_beacon is not aligned with the
return value of ieee80211_assign_beacon(). For consistency and to be
able to use both functions with similar code, change
ieee80211_ibss_csa_beacon() not to send the bss changed notification
itself, but return what has changed so the caller can send the
notification instead.
Tested by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Acked by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Refactor ieee80211_ibss_process_chanswitch() to use
ieee80211_channel_switch() and avoid code duplication.
Tested by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Acked by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This regression was introduced in "mac80211: cache mesh
beacon".
mesh_sync_offset_adjust_tbtt() was assuming that the
beacon would be rebuilt in every single pre-tbtt
interrupt, but now the beacon update happens on the
workqueue, and it must be ready for immediate delivery to
the driver.
Save a pointer to the meshconf IE in the beacon_data (this
works because both the IE pointer and beacon buffer are
protected by the same rcu_{dereference,assign_pointer}())
for quick updates during pre-tbtt. This is faster and a
little prettier than iterating over the elements to find
the meshconf IE every time.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Keep the sched scan req when starting sched scan, and reschedule
it in case of HW restart during sched scan.
The upper layer don't have to know about the restart.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function is not used anywhere else than in cfg.c, so there's no
need to export it.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We call ieee80211_ibss_disconnect(), which requires sdata to be
locked, so lock the sdata during ieee80211_csa_connection_drop_work().
Cc: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Can be used to add extra IEs (such as P2P NoA) without having to
reallocate the buffer.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the AP interface is stopped, free all AP and VLAN keys at
once to only require synchronize_net() once. Since that does
synchronize_net(), also move two such calls into the function
(using the new force_synchronize parameter) to avoid doing it
twice.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Teach sta_info_flush() to optionally also remove stations
from all VLANs associated with an AP interface to optimise
the station removal (in particular, synchronize_net().)
To not have to add the vlans argument throughout, do some
refactoring.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no reason to have one synchronize_net() for each
removed station, refactor the code slightly to have just
a single synchronize_net() for all stations.
Note that this is currently useless as hostapd removes
stations one by one and this coalescing never happens.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no reason to do this inside the sta key removal
since the keys can only be reached through the sta (and
not by the driver at all) so once the sta can no longer
be reached, the keys are safe.
This will allow further optimisation opportunities with
multiple stations.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we can assume that stations are never referenced by the
driver after sta_state returns (and this is true since the
previous iwlmvm patch and for all other drivers) then we
don't need to delay station destruction, and don't need to
play tricks with rcu_barrier() etc.
This should speed up some scenarios like hostapd shutdown.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The pointer should be cleared before synchronize_rcu() so that the
consequently dead station won't be found by any lookups in the TX
or RX paths.
Also check that the station is actually the one being removed, the
check is not needed because each 4-addr VLAN can only have a single
station and non-4-addr VLANs always have a NULL pointer there, but
the code is clearer this way (and we avoid the memory write.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, mac80211 allows drivers to keep RCU-protected station
references that are cleared when the station is removed from the
driver and consequently needs to synchronize twice, once before
removing the station from the driver (so it can guarantee that
the station is no longer used in TX towards the driver) and once
after the station is removed from the driver.
Add a new pre-RCU-synchronisation station removal operation to
the API to allow drivers to clear/invalidate their RCU-protected
station pointers before the RCU synchronisation.
This will allow removing the second synchronisation by changing
the driver API so that the driver may no longer assume a valid
RCU-protected pointer after sta_remove/sta_state returns.
The alternative to this would be to synchronize_rcu() in all the
drivers that currently rely on this behaviour (only iwlmvm) but
that would defeat the purpose.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This fixes a regression introduced by my patch "mac80211: don't cancel
csa finalize work within stop_ap", which added sdata locks to
ieee80211_csa_finalize_work() without removing the locking for
ieee80211_ibss_finish_csa(), which is called by the former, resulting
in a deadlock due to nested locking.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On scan completion we try start any pending roc.
However, if scan was just pending (and not actually started)
there is no point in trying to start the roc, as it might
have started already.
This solves the following warning:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 3552 at net/mac80211/offchannel.c:269 ieee80211_start_next_roc+0x164/0x204 [mac80211]()
[<c001cd38>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0xf0)
[<c00181d0>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[<c05c0d8c>] (dump_stack+0x78/0x94)
[<c0047c08>] (warn_slowpath_common+0x68/0x8c)
[<c0047c48>] (warn_slowpath_null+0x1c/0x24)
[<bf4d6660>] (ieee80211_start_next_roc+0x164/0x204 [mac80211])
[<bf4d5a74>] (ieee80211_scan_cancel+0xe8/0x190 [mac80211])
[<bf4df970>] (ieee80211_do_stop+0x63c/0x79c [mac80211])
[<bf4dfae0>] (ieee80211_stop+0x10/0x18 [mac80211])
[<c0504d84>] (__dev_close_many+0x84/0xcc)
[<c0504df4>] (__dev_close+0x28/0x3c)
[<c0509708>] (__dev_change_flags+0x78/0x144)
[<c0509854>] (dev_change_flags+0x10/0x48)
[<c055fe3c>] (devinet_ioctl+0x614/0x6d0)
[<c04f22a0>] (sock_ioctl+0x5c/0x2a4)
[<c0124eb4>] (do_vfs_ioctl+0x7c/0x5d8)
[<c012547c>] (SyS_ioctl+0x6c/0x7c)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases, determining the completed scan type was
done by testing the SCAN_HW_SCANNING flag.
However, this doesn't take care for the case in which
the hw scan was requested, but hasn't started yet (e.g.
due to active remain_on_channel).
Replace this test by checking whether ops->hw_scan is
defined.
This solves the following warning:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 3552 at net/mac80211/offchannel.c:156 __ieee80211_scan_completed+0x1b4/0x2dc [mac80211]()
[<c001cd38>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0xf0)
[<c00181d0>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[<c05c0d8c>] (dump_stack+0x78/0x94)
[<c0047c08>] (warn_slowpath_common+0x68/0x8c)
[<c0047c48>] (warn_slowpath_null+0x1c/0x24)
[<bf4d4504>] (__ieee80211_scan_completed+0x1b4/0x2dc [mac80211])
[<bf4d5a74>] (ieee80211_scan_cancel+0xe8/0x190 [mac80211])
[<bf4df970>] (ieee80211_do_stop+0x63c/0x79c [mac80211])
[<bf4dfae0>] (ieee80211_stop+0x10/0x18 [mac80211])
[<c0504d84>] (__dev_close_many+0x84/0xcc)
[<c0504df4>] (__dev_close+0x28/0x3c)
[<c0509708>] (__dev_change_flags+0x78/0x144)
[<c0509854>] (dev_change_flags+0x10/0x48)
[<c055fe3c>] (devinet_ioctl+0x614/0x6d0)
[<c04f22a0>] (sock_ioctl+0x5c/0x2a4)
[<c0124eb4>] (do_vfs_ioctl+0x7c/0x5d8)
[<c012547c>] (SyS_ioctl+0x6c/0x7c)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rename NL80211_TXRATE_MCS to NL80211_TXRATE_HT and also
rename mcs to ht_mcs in struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove the unnecessary duplicate test of "if (skb) {"
when !CONFIG_HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS.
Remove now unnecessary __maybe_unused, neaten comment
Remove unnecessary parenthesis around align cast.
Substitute reference to deprecated compare_ether_addr
with ether_addr_equal (in the comment.)
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
[edit commit log slightly]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for vendor-specific commands to nl80211. This is
intended to be used for really vendor-specific functionality
that can't be implemented in a generic fashion for any reason.
It's *NOT* intended to be used for any normal/generic feature
or any optimisations that could be implemented across drivers.
Currently, only vendor commands (with replies) are supported,
no dump operations or vendor-specific notifications.
Also add a function wdev_to_ieee80211_vif() to mac80211 which
is needed for mac80211-based drivers wanting to implement any
vendor commands.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 488b366a45.
The code isn't used by anyone, and the Intel driver isn't planning
to use it either right now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers with hardware rate control were given
sta->rx_nss set to 0. This was because rx_nss
calculation procedure was protected by hw/sw rate
control check.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When external CSA IEs are received (beacons or action messages), a
channel switch is triggered as well. This should only be allowed on
devices which actually support channel switches, otherwise disconnect.
(For the corresponding userspace invocation, the wiphy flag is checked
in nl80211).
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The current channel switch code has a potential deadlock:
1) * cfg80211_stop_ap acquires wdev-lock
* ieee80211_stop_ap calls cancel_work_sync for the csa_finalize_work,
which acquires the associated worker-lock
2) * ieee80211_csa_finalize_work holds the worker-lock when run
* it calls cfg80211_ch_switch_notify which will claim the wdev-lock,
and also needs to claim the sdata-lock (which is the same as the
wdev-lock) to modify the beacons.
It is sufficient to just set the channel switch active to false. If the
worker is running later, it will find the channel switch to not be
active anymore and returns immediately without changing anything.
Canceling the worker is done anyway when the interface goes down
(ieee80211_do_stop).
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel switch notification should be sent under the
wdev/sdata-lock, preferably in the same moment as the channel change
happens, to avoid races by other callers (e.g. start/stop_ap).
This also adds the previously missing sdata_lock protection in
csa_finalize_work.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The csa finalize worker needs to change the beacon information (for
different modes). These are normally protected under rtnl lock, but the
csa finalize worker is called by drivers and should not acquire the RTNL
lock. Therefore change access protection for beacons to sdata/wdev lock.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
[fix sdata_dereference]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The local TSF timer is used to compute the timing offset between
mesh peers on beacon reception. However, asking the device for
the TSF is not very accurate, so we prefer to use rx->mactime
if available. In the latter case, calling drv_get_tsf() just
adds more delay into the RX path, so skip it if we can.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change cfg80211 and mac80211 to use cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params
struct to aggregate parameters for mgmt_tx functions.
This makes the functions' signatures less clumsy and allows
less painful parameters extension.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
[fix all other drivers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's a bug in tracking HT opmode changes in mac80211, it
fails to update the driver when the channel parameters don't
change.
Move the code to do the HT opmode checking independently of
the channel/bandwidth tracking.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
[edit commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All interface types now properly clean up their stations
using some form of sta_info_flush() themselves, so there's
no need to try it again at teardown. Remove the call to
get rid of the extra delay from the synchronize_net() and
rcu_barrier() calls.
Reported-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Measure TX latency and jitter statistics per station per TID.
These Measurements are disabled by default and can be enabled
via debugfs.
Features included for each station's TID:
1. Keep count of the maximum and average latency of Tx frames.
2. Keep track of many frames arrived in a specific time range
(need to enable through debugfs and configure the bins ranges)
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ATM minstrel_ht does not check whether a sampling rate is supported.
Unsupported rates attempts can trigger when there are holes in bitfields
of supported MCSes belonging to the same group (e.g many devices are
MCS32 capable without MCS33->39 capable, also we systematically have a
hole for CCK rates).
Drop any attempts to sample unsupported rates, as suggested by Felix.
This is not a problem in minstrel which fills a per STA sample table
with only supported rates (though only at init).
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ATM, only the first array value returned by get_random_bytes is used.
This change moves the call to get_random_bytes from the nested loop it
is in to its parent.
While at it, replace get_random_bytes with prandom_bytes since PRNs are
way enough for the selection process.
After this, minstrel_ht reclaims 80 PR-bytes instead of 640 R-bytes.
minstrels use sample tables to probe different rates in a randomized
manner.
minstrel_ht inits one single sample table upon registration (during
subsys_initcalls) and minstrel uses one per STA addition in minstrel.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Consecutive MCSes in [8*(NSS-1)->8*NSS[ have the same number NSS of
streams (except for MCS32 which is mishandled ATM).
ATM minstrel_ht uses MCS_GROUP_RATES in place of this 8 modulus.
This change replaces such occurences and by doing so allows for different
values of MCS_GROUP_RATES (e.g to cope with VHT MCS8,9).
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate
the min required channel configuration.
Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing
the noise level and saving some power.
The min required channel definition is the max of
all min required channel definitions of the interfaces
bound to this channel context.
In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station.
When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max
bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when
80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected).
In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the
min required chandef.
Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling
drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introduce shift and mask defines for beamformee STS cap and number
of sounding dimensions cap as these can take any 3 bit value.
While at it also cleanup an unrequired parenthesis.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is no reason why we should have only one channel switch
announcement at a time for a single phy. When support for channel
switch with multiple contexts and multiple vifs per context is
implemented, we will need the chandef data for each vif. Move the
csa_chandef structure to sdata to prepare for this.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[Fixed compilation with mesh]
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use put_unaligned_le16 and put_unaligned_le32 for
mesh_path_error_tx and mesh_path_sel_frame_tx.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use put_unaligned_le16 in mesh_plink_frame_tx.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
use put_unaligned_le16 for precedence value in mesh
channel switch support
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds generic cipher scheme support to mac80211, such schemes
are fully under control by the driver. On hw registration drivers
may specify additional HW ciphers with a scheme how these ciphers
have to be handled by mac80211 TX/RR. A cipher scheme specifies a
cipher suite value, a size of the security header to be added to
or stripped from frames and how the PN is to be verified on RX.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To report channel width correctly we have
to send correct channel parameters from
mac80211 when calling cfg80211_cac_event().
This is required in case of using channel width
higher than 20MHz and we have to set correct
dfs channel state after CAC (NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE).
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no code calling ieee80211_key_replace() with both
arguments NULL and it wouldn't make sense, but in the
interest of maintainability add a warning for it. As a
side effect, this also shuts up a smatch warning.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Coverity points out that checking assoc_data->ie is
completely useless since it's an array in the struct
and can't be NULL - remove the useless checks.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
802.11-2012 13.3.1 implicitly limits the mesh local link
ID range to that of AID, since for mesh PS the local link
ID must be indicated in the TIM IE, which only holds
IEEE80211_MAX_AID bits.
Also the code was allowing a local link ID of 0, but this
is not correct since that TIM bit is used for indicating
buffered mcast frames.
Generate a random, unique, link ID from 1 - 2007, and drop
a modulo conversion for the local link ID, but keep it for
the peer link ID in case he chose something > MAX_AID.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[fix some indentation, squash llid assignment]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we store the peer link ID right after initializing a
new neighbor, there is no need to do it later in the
peering FSM.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All other paths return an error code, do the same here.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ignore_plink_timer flag is set when doing mod_timer() if
the timer was not previously active. This is to avoid executing
the timeout if del_timer() was subsequently called. However,
del_timer() only happens if we are moving to ESTAB state or
get a close frame while in HOLDING.
We cannot leave HOLDING and re-enter ESTAB unless we receive a
close frame (in which case ignore_plink_timer is already set) or
if the timeout expires, so there actually isn't a case where
this is needed on mod_timer().
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The matches_local check can just be done when looking at the
individual action types.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use C instead of cpp for type checking. Also swap the arguments
into the usual sdata -> sta order.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The initial frame checks differ depending on whether this is
a new peer or not, but they were all intermixed with sta checks
as necessary. Group them together so the two cases are clearer.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reject and accepted close events always put the host in the
holding state and compute a reason code based only on the
current state. Likewise on establish we always do the same
setup. Put these in functions to save some duplicated code.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rather than unlock at the end of each case, do it once after
all is said and done.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Do all frame transfers in one place at the end of the
big switch statements. sta->plid and sta->reason can
be passed in any case, since they are only used for
the frames that need them. Remove assignments to locals
for values already stored in the sta structure.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
According to IEEE 802.11-2012 (8.4.2.104), no peering
management element exists with length 7. This code is checking
to see if llid is present to ignore close frames with different
llid, which would be IEs with length 8.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, frames that go into the reordering buffer are stored at
index ieee80211_sn_sub(sn, tid_rx->ssn) % tid_rx->buf_size.
The offset calculation to the starting sequence number (SSN) is
useless and just adds overhead so simply use sn % tid_rx->buf_size.
This means the reordering buffer will start to be filled somewhere
in the middle (at SSN % buf_size) and continue to get used from
there, but there's no reason to start from the beginning.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These two flags are used for the same purpose, just
combine them into a no-ir flag to annotate no initiating
radiation is allowed.
Old userspace sending either flag will have it treated as
the no-ir flag. To be considerate to older userspace we
also send both the no-ir flag and the old no-ibss flags.
Newer userspace will have to be aware of older kernels.
Update all places in the tree using these flags with the
following semantic patch:
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IBSS
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR)
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR)
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
Along with some hand-optimisations in documentation, to
remove duplicates and to fix some indentation.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[do all the driver updates in one go]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ATM, the first call of ieee80211_do_open will configure the hw as
non-idle, even if the interface being brought up is not a monitor, and
this leads to inconsistent sequences like:
register_hw()
do_open(sta)
hw_config(non-idle)
(.. sta is non-idle ..)
scan(sta)
hw_config(idle) (after scan finishes)
do_stop(sta)
do_open(sta)
(.. sta is idle ..)
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 3e8b1eb "mac80211/minstrel_ht: improve rate selection stability"
introduced a local capped prob in minstrel_ht_calc_tp but omitted to use
it to compute the per rate throughput.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 392b9ff ("mac80211: change beacon/connection polling")
removed the IEEE80211_STA_BEACON_POLL flag.
However, it accidentally removed the setting of
IEEE80211_STA_CONNECTION_POLL, making the connection polling
completely useless (the flag is always clear, so the result
is never being checked). Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Mesh STA receiving the mesh CSA action frame is not able to trigger
the mesh channel switch due to the incorrect handling and comparison
of mesh channel switch parameters element (MCSP)'s TTL. Make sure
the MCSP's TTL is updated accordingly before calling the
ieee80211_mesh_process_chnswitch. Also, we update the beacon before
forwarding the CSA action frame, so MCSP's precedence value and
initiator flag need to be updated prior to this.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Multicast frames can't be transmitted as part of an aggregation
session (such a session couldn't even be set up) so don't try to
reorder them. Trying to do so would cause the reorder to stop
working correctly since multicast QoS frames (as transmitted by
the Aruba APs this was found with) would cause sequence number
confusion in the buffer.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Blaise Gassend <blaise@suitabletech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When initializing rates selections starting indexes upon stats update,
the minstrel_sta->max_* rates should be 'group * MCS_GROUP_RATES + i'
not 'i'. This affects settings where one of the peers does not support
any of the rates of the group 0 (i.e. when ht_cap.mcs.rx_mask[0] == 0).
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Mesh beacon was not being rebuild after user triggered a mesh
powersave change.
To solve this issue use ieee80211_mbss_info_change_notify instead
of ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify. This helper function forces
mesh beacon to be rebuild and then notifies the driver about the
beacon change.
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit "mac80211: implement SMPS for AP" applies to AP_VLAN as well.
It assumes that sta->sdata->vif.bss_conf.bssid is present, which did not
get set for AP_VLAN.
Initialize it to sdata->vif.addr like for other interface types.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When changing cfg80211 to use RTNL locking, this caused a
deadlock in mac80211 as it calls cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped()
from a work item that's on a workqueue that is flushed with
the RTNL held.
Fix this by simply using schedule_work(), the work only needs
to finish running before the wiphy is unregistered, no other
synchronisation (e.g. with suspend) is really required since
for suspend userspace is already blocked anyway when we flush
the workqueue so will only pick up the event after resume.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 5fe231e873 ("cfg80211: vastly simplify locking")
Reported-and-tested-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Setup chandef for radar event correctly, before we
will clear this in ieee80211_dfs_cac_cancel() function.
Without this patch mac80211 will report wrong channel
width in case we will get radar event during active CAC.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit ee1f668136.
The aformentioned commit added a check to allow
'iw wlan0 set power_save off' to work for mesh interfaces.
However, this is problematic because it also allows
'iw wlan0 set power_save on', which will crash in short order
because all of the subsequent code manipulates sdata->u.mgd.
The power-saving states for mesh interfaces can be manipulated
through the mesh config, e.g:
'iw wlan0 set mesh_param mesh_power_save=active' (which,
despite the name, actualy disables power saving since the
setting refers to the type of sleep the interface undergoes).
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: ee1f668136 ("mac80211: allow disable power save in mesh")
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CSA completion could call in a driver
bss_info_changed() with a garbled `changed` flag
leading to all sorts of problems.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Trigger the mesh channel switching procedure if the mesh STA
happens to miss the CSA action frame but able to receive the
beacon containing the CSA and MCSP elements from its peer
mesh STAs.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
[fix locking in ieee80211_mesh_process_chnswitch()]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement the required procedures for mesh channel switching as defined
in the IEEE Std 802.11-2012 section 10.9.8.4.3 and also handle the CSA
and MCSP elements as followed:
* Add the function for updating the beacon and probe response frames
with CSA and MCSP elements during the period of switching to the new
channel. Both CSA and MCSP elements must be included in beacon and
probe response frames until the intended channel switch time.
* The ifmsh->csa_settings is set to NULL and the CSA and MCSP elements
will then be removed from the beacon or probe response frames once the
new channel is switched to.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow the triggering of CSA frame using mesh interface. The
rules are more or less same with IBSS, such as not allowed to
change between the band and channel width has to be same from
the previous mode. Also, move the ieee80211_send_action_csa
to a common space so that it can be re-used by mesh interface.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Process the CSA frame according to the procedures define in IEEE Std
802.11-2012 section 10.9.8.4.3 as follow:
* The mesh channel switch parameters element (MCSP) must be availabe.
* If the MCSP's TTL is 1, drop the frame but still process the CSA.
* If the MCSP's precedence value is less than or equal to the current
precedence value, drop the frame and do not process the CSA.
* The CSA frame is forwarded after TTL is decremented by 1 and the
initiator field is set to 0. Transmit restrict field and others
are maintained as is.
* No beacon or probe response frame are handled here.
Also, introduce the debug message used for mesh CSA purpose.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Refactor the channel switch IE parsing to reduce the number
of function parameters.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can be used by a driver to prepare skbs for transmission, which were
obtained via functions such as ieee80211_probereq_get or
ieee80211_nullfunc_get.
This is useful for drivers that want to send those frames directly, but
need rate control information to be prepared first.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes errors in the mesh powersave logic which
cause that remote peers do not get peer power mode change
notifications and mesh peer service periods (MPSPs) got
stuck.
When closing a peer link, set the (now invalid) peer-specific
power mode to 'unknown'.
Avoid overhead when local power mode is unchanged.
Reliably clear MPSP flags on peering status update.
Avoid MPSP flags getting stuck by not requesting a further
MPSP ownership if we already are an MPSP owner.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
6c17b77b67 ensures that a device's
mac80211 queues will remain stopped while offchannel. Since the
vif can no longer be offchannel when the queues wake it's not
necessary to check for this before waking its netdev queues.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow changing to DFS channels if the channel is available for
beaconing and userspace controls DFS operation.
Channel switch announcement from other stations on DFS channels will
be interpreted as radar event. These channels will then be marked as
unvailable.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver requests to move to STATIC or DYNAMIC SMPS,
we send an action frame to each associated station and
reconfigure the channel context / driver.
Of course, non-MIMO stations are ignored.
The beacon isn't updated. The association response will
include the original capabilities. Stations that associate
while in non-OFF SMPS mode will get an action frame right
after association to inform them about our current state.
Note that we wait until the end of the EAPOL. Sending an
action frame before the EAPOL is finished can be an issue
for a few clients. Clients aren't likely to send EAPOL
frames in MIMO anyway.
When the SMPS configuration gets more permissive (e.g.
STATIC -> OFF), we don't wake up stations that are asleep
We remember that they don't know about the change and send
the action frame when they wake up.
When the SMPS configuration gets more restrictive (e.g.
OFF -> STATIC), we set the TIM bit for every sleeping STA.
uAPSD stations might send MIMO until they poll the action
frame, but this is for a short period of time.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[fix vht streams loop, initialisation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
include/net/dst.h
Trivial merge conflicts, both were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some APs (notably a Sitecom WL-153 v1 with firmware 1.45) are sending
invalid WMM parameters setting AIFSN, ECWmin and ECWmax to zero. The
spec mandates that the value of AIFSN is at least 2, and some cards
(e.g. Intel with the iwldvm driver) can't transmit when the invalid
QoS parameters are actually uploaded to the firmware.
Since there's little chance of being able to guess the values that
the AP actually meant, disable WMM if such an invalid case is found.
Since ECWmin/ECWmax are allowed to be zero, only verify AIFSN >= 2
and ECWmin <= ECWmax.
Reviewed-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reported-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Bitrate mask were not respected in transmissions, causing (for
example) P2P GO/client to use CCK rates for auth and assoc frames.
Fix it by considering the rate mask in __rate_control_send_low().
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Transmissions with the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE flag set
(which can come from userspace) were no longer guaranteed to
be transmitted with allowed rates since commit 2103dec147
("mac80211: select and adjust bitrates according to channel
mode") due to a missing rate_flags check in that commit. The
commit also introduced the need to check the 5/10 MHz flags
but accidentally didn't. Fix it by adding the missing check.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a frame's timestamp is calculated, and the bitrate
calculation goes wrong and returns zero, the system
will attempt to divide by zero and crash. Catch this
case and print the rate information that the driver
reported when this happens.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Thomas Lindroth <thomas.lindroth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use the generic CCM aead chaining mode driver rather than a local
implementation that sits right on top of the core AES cipher.
This allows the use of accelerated implementations of either
CCM as a whole or the CTR mode which it encapsulates.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
__ieee80211_scan_completed is called from a worker. This
means that the following flow is possible.
* driver calls ieee80211_scan_completed
* mac80211 cancels the scan (that is already complete)
* __ieee80211_scan_completed runs
When scan_work will finally run, it will see that the scan
hasn't been aborted and might even trigger another scan on
another band. This leads to a situation where cfg80211's
scan is not done and no further scan can be issued.
Fix this by setting a new flag when a HW scan is being
cancelled so that no other scan will be triggered.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
include/linux/netdevice.h
net/core/sock.c
Trivial merge issues.
Removal of "extern" for functions declaration in netdevice.h
at the same time "const" was added to an argument.
Two parallel line additions in net/core/sock.c
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the memset/memcpy uses of 6 to ETH_ALEN
where appropriate.
Also convert some struct definitions and u8 array
declarations of [6] to ETH_ALEN.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Limit the current implementation to a single channel context used by
a single vif, thereby avoiding multi-vif/channel complexities.
Reuse the main function from AP CSA code, but move a portion out in
order to fit the STA scenario.
Add a new mac80211 HW flag so we don't break devices that don't support
channel switch with channel-contexts. The new behavior will be opt-in.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the default setting for WMM parameters outside the for loop
to avoid redundant assignment multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Fred Zhou <fred.zy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices may not be able to report A-MSDUs in
single buffers. Drivers for such devices were
forced to re-assemble A-MSDUs which would then
be eventually disassembled by mac80211. This could
lead to CPU cache thrashing and poor performance.
Since A-MSDU has a single sequence number all
subframes share it. This was in conflict with
retransmission/duplication recovery
(IEEE802.11-2012: 9.3.2.10).
Patch introduces a new flag that is meant to be
set for all individually reported A-MSDU subframes
except the last one. This ensures the
last_seq_ctrl is updated after the last subframe
is processed. If an A-MSDU is actually a duplicate
transmission all reported subframes will be
properly discarded.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[johannes: add braces that were missing even before]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The authentication frame has a fixied size of 30 bytes
(including header, algo num, trans seq num, and status)
followed by a variable challenge text.
Allocate using exact size, instead of over-allocation
by sizeof(ieee80211_mgmt).
Signed-off-by: Fred Zhou <fred.zy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can be useful for drivers if they have any failure cases
when joining an IBSS. Also move setting the queue parameters
to before this new call, in case the new driver op needs them
already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
VHT_CAP_BEAMFORMER_ANTENNAS cap is actually defined in the draft as
VHT_CAP_BEAMFORMEE_STS_MAX, and its size is 3 bits long.
VHT_CAP_SOUNDING_DIMENSIONS is also 3 bits long.
Fix the definitions and change the cap masking accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some debugfs related functions snprintf was used
while scnprintf should have been used instead.
(blindly adding the return value of snprintf and supplying
it to the next snprintf might result in buffer overflow when
the input is too big)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211 scan processing could get stuck if roc work for pending, but
not started when a scan request was deferred due to such roc item.
Normally the deferred scan would be started from
ieee80211_start_next_roc(), but ieee80211_sw_roc_work() calls that only
if the finished ROC was started. Fix this by calling
ieee80211_run_deferred_scan() in the case the last ROC was not actually
started.
This issue was hit relatively easily in P2P find operations where Listen
state (remain-on-channel) and Search state (scan) are repeated in a
loop.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When clients are idle for too long, hostapd sends nullfunc frames for
probing. When those are acked by the client, the idle time needs to be
updated.
To make this work (and to avoid unnecessary probing), update sta->last_rx
whenever an ACK was received for a tx packet. Only do this if the flag
IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS is set.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows calls for clients in AP_VLANs (e.g. for 4-addr) to succeed
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch "mac80211: select and adjust bitrates according to
channel mode" causes regression and breaks the extended supported rate
IE setting. Since "i" is starting with 8, so this is not necessary
to introduce "skip" here.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Abele <jason@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If an Ad-Hoc node receives packets with the Cell ID or its own MAC
address as source address, it hits a WARN_ON in sta_info_insert_check()
With many packets, this can massively spam the logs. One way that this
can easily happen is through having Cisco APs in the area with rouge AP
detection and countermeasures enabled.
Such Cisco APs will regularly send fake beacons, disassoc and deauth
packets that trigger these warnings.
To fix this issue, drop such spoofed packets early in the rx path.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IBSS members may not immediately be able to send out their beacon when
performing CSA, therefore also send a CSA action frame.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function adds the channel switch announcement implementation for the
IBSS code. It is triggered by userspace (mac80211/cfg) or by external
channel switch announcement, which have to be adopted. Both CSAs in
beacons and action frames are supported. As for AP mode, the channel
switch is applied after some time. However in IBSS mode, the channel
switch IEs are generated in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IBSS CSA will require to disconnect if a channel switch fails, but
mac80211 should search and re-connect after this disconnect. To allow
such usage, split off the ibss disconnect process in a separate function
which only performs the disconnect without overwriting nl80211-supplied
parameters.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel switch parsing function can be re-used for the IBSS code,
put the common part into an extra function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[also move/rename chandef_downgrade]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Do not override max_tp_rate, max_tp_rate2 and max_prob_rate configured
according to fixed_rate in minstrel_ht_update_stats throughput computation
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the capability to use a fixed modulation rate to minstrel rate controller
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since when we detect beacon lost we do active AP probing (using nullfunc
frame or probe request) there is no need to have beacon polling. Flags
IEEE80211_STA_BEACON_POLL seems to be used just for historical reasons.
Change also make that after we start connection poll due to beacon loss,
next received beacon will abort the poll.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No need for ERR_PTR(PTR_ERR()) since there's ERR_CAST, use it.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If it is needed to disconnect multiple virtual interfaces after
(WoWLAN-) suspend, the most obvious approach would be to iterate
all interfaces by calling ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces()
and then call ieee80211_resume_disconnect() for each one. This
is what the iwlmvm driver does.
Unfortunately, this causes a locking dependency from mac80211's
iflist_mtx to the key_mtx. This is problematic as the former is
intentionally never held while calling any driver operation to
allow drivers to iterate with their own locks held. The key_mtx
is held while installing a key into the driver though, so this
new lock dependency means drivers implementing the logic above
can no longer hold their own lock while iterating.
To fix this, add a new ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl()
function that iterates while the RTNL is already held. This is
true during suspend/resume, so that then the locking dependency
isn't introduced.
While at it, also refactor the various interface iterators and
keep only a single implementation called by the various cases.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Jouni reported that with mac80211_hwsim, multicast TX was causing
crashes due to invalid vif->cab_queue assignment. It turns out that
this is caused by change_interface() getting invoked and not having
the vif->type/vif->p2p assigned correctly before calling the queue
check (ieee80211_check_queues). Fix this by passing the 'external'
interface type to the function and adjusting it accordingly.
While at it, also fix the error path in change_interface, it wasn't
correctly resetting to the external type but using the internal one
instead.
Fortunately this affects on hwsim because all other drivers set the
vif->type/vif->p2p variables when changing iftype. This shouldn't
be needed, but almost all implementations actually do it for their
own internal handling.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Seth reports that some APs, notably the Netgear WNDAP360, send
invalid ECSA IEs in probe response frames with the operating
class and channel number both set to zero, even when no channel
switch is being done. As a result, any scan while connected to
such an AP results in the connection being dropped.
Fix this by ignoring any channel switch announcment in probe
response frames entirely, since we're connected to the AP we
will be receiving a beacon (and maybe even an action frame) if
a channel switch is done, which is sufficient.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10
Reported-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add flags intended to report various auxiliary information
and introduce the NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED flag to report
that the frame was already answered by the device.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[REPLIED->ANSWERED, reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
According to 802.11-2012 9.3.2.10, paragraph 4, QoS
data frames with a group address in the Address 1 field
have sequence numbers allocated from the same counter
as non-QoS data and management frames. Without this
flag, some drivers may not assign sequence numbers, and
in rare cases frames might get dropped. Set the control
flag accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, the mesh STA responds to probe request from legacy STA
but now it will only respond to legacy STA if the legacy STA does include
the specific mesh ID or wildcard mesh ID in the probe request.
The iw patch "iw: scan using meshid" can be used either by legacy STA
or by mesh STA to do active scanning by inserting the mesh ID in the
probe request frame.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211 currently sets WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN based on whether
the start_sched_scan operation is supported or not, but that will not
be correct for all drivers, we're adding scheduled scan to the iwlmvm
driver but it depends on firmware support.
Therefore, move setting WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN into the drivers
so that they can control it regardless of implementing the operation.
This currently only affects the TI drivers since they're the only ones
implementing scheduled scan (in a mac80211 driver.)
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sujith reports that my commit af61a16518
("mac80211: add control port protocol TX control flag") broke ath9k
(aggregation). The reason is that I made minstrel_ht use the flag in
the TX status path, where it can have been overwritten by the driver.
Since we have no more space in info->flags, revert that part of the
change for now, until we can reshuffle the flags or so.
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
my earlier patch "mac80211: change IBSS channel state to chandef"
created a regression by ignoring the channel parameter in
__ieee80211_sta_join_ibss, which breaks IBSS channel selection. This
patch fixes this situation by using the right channel and adopting the
selected bandwidth mode.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
brcm80211 cannot handle sending frames with CCK rates as part of an
A-MPDU session. Other drivers may have issues too. Set the flag in all
drivers that have been tested with CCK rates.
This fixes a reported brcmsmac regression introduced in
commit ef47a5e4f1
"mac80211/minstrel_ht: fix cck rate sampling"
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10
Reported-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IBSS needs to release the channel context when leaving
but I evidently missed that. Fix it.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to be able to (securely) keep connections alive after
the system was suspended for WoWLAN, we need some additional
APIs. We already have API (ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify) to tell
wpa_supplicant about the new replay counter if GTK rekeying
was done by the device while the host was asleep, but that's
not sufficient.
If GTK rekeying wasn't done, we need to tell the host about
sequence counters for the GTK (and PTK regardless of rekeying)
that was used while asleep, add ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq() for
that.
If GTK rekeying was done, then we need to be able to disable
the old keys (with ieee80211_remove_key()) and allocate the
new GTK key(s) in mac80211 (with ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add()).
If protocol offload (e.g. ARP) is implemented, then also the
TX sequence counter for the PTK must be updated, using the new
ieee80211_set_key_tx_seq() function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel Switch will later require to generate beacons without setting
them immediately. Therefore split the presp generation in an own
function. Splitting the original very long function might be a good idea
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch decouples the power save processing from the frame decryption
by running the decrypt rx handler after sta_process. In the case where
the decryption failed for some reason, the stack used to not process
the PM and MOREDATA bits for that frame. The stack now always performs
power save processing regardless of the decryption result. That means that
encrypted data frames and NULLFUNC frames are now handled in the same way
regarding power save processing, making the stack more robust.
Signed-off-by: Johan Almbladh <ja@anyfi.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases mac80211 will scan before creating an IBSS
even if bssid and frequency have been forced by the user.
This is not needed and leads only to a delay in the IBSS
establishment phase.
Immediately create the cell if both bssid and frequency
(and fixed_freq is set) have been specified.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pass the wdev from cfg80211 on to the driver as the vif
if given and it's valid for the driver.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To allow drivers to implement per-interface testmode operations
more easily, pass a wdev pointer if any identification for one
was given from userspace. Clean up the code a bit while at it.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A lot of drivers check the frame protocol for ETH_P_PAE,
for various reasons (like making those more reliable).
Add a new flags bitmap to the TX control info and a new
flag indicating the control port protocol is in use to
let all drivers also apply such logic to other control
port protocols, should they be configured.
Also use the new flag in the iwlwifi drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow lowest basic rate to be used for unicast management frame in
mesh. Otherwise, the lowest supported rate is used for unicast
management frame, such as 1Mbps for 2.4GHz and 6Mbps for 5GHz. Rename
the rc_send_low_broadcast to re_send_low_basicrate since now it is
also applied to unicast management frame in mesh.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A few places in the code (mac80211 and iwlmvm) use the same
TU_TO_JIFFIES() macro and could use TU_TO_EXP_TIME() that
mac80211 has. Make these available to everyone and use them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon
transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers
using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually
after reaching count == 0.
This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel
switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel
definition of an active channel context.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[small cleanups, catch identical chandef]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a per-station debugfs file indicating the TIDs (as
a bitmap) that the driver has data buffered on.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The radiotap VHT info is 12 bytes (required to be aligned on 2) :
u16 known - IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_*
u8 flags - IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_FLAG_*
u8 bandwidth
u8 mcs_nss[4]
u8 coding
u8 group_id
u16 partial_aid
ATM mac80211 can handle IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_{GI,BANDWIDTH} and
mcs_nss[0] (i.e single user) in simple cases.
This is more a placeholder to let sniffers give more clues for VHT,
since we don't have yet the proper infrastructure/conventions
in mac80211 for complete feedback (e.g consider dynamic BW).
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A station which is not authorized has to be purged earlier
to give it a chance to re-try to establish an IBSS/RSN
session soon. Set the timeout to 10 seconds.
Some refactoring has also been done to allow the IBSS
submodule to have its own expiring function.
Reported-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change mac80211 LED trigger code to use the generic
led_trigger_blink_oneshot() API for transmit and receive activity
indication.
This gives a better feedback to the user, as with the new API each
activity event results in a visible blink, while a constant traffic
results in a continuous blink at constant rate.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Baltieri <fabio.baltieri@gmail.com>
[fix LED disabled build error]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case the AP has different regulatory information than we do,
it can happen that we connect to an AP based on e.g. the world
roaming regulatory data, and then update our database with the
AP's country information disables the channel the AP is using.
If this happens on an HT AP, the bandwidth tracking code will
hit the WARN_ON() and disconnect. Since that's not very useful,
ignore the channel-disable flag in bandwidth tracking.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Tested-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While we're connected, the AP shouldn't change the primary channel
in the HT information. We checked this, and dropped the connection
if it did change it.
Unfortunately, this is causing problems on some APs, e.g. on the
Netgear WRT610NL: the beacons seem to always contain a bad channel
and if we made a connection using a probe response (correct data)
we drop the connection immediately and can basically not connect
properly at all.
Work around this by ignoring the HT primary channel information in
beacons if we're already connected.
Also print out more verbose messages in the other situations to
help diagnose similar bugs quicker in the future.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.10]
Acked-by: Andy Isaacson <adi@hexapodia.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
TX status notification can get lost, or the frames could
get stuck on the queue, so don't wait for the callback
from the driver forever and instead time out after half
a second.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit "3d9646d mac80211: fix channel selection bug" introduced a possible
infinite loop by moving the out target above the chandef_downgrade
while loop. When we downgrade to NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, we jump
back up to re-run the while loop...indefinitely. Replace goto with
break and carry on. This may not be sufficient to connect to the AP,
but will at least keep the cpu from livelocking. Thanks to Derek Atkins
as an extra pair of debugging eyes.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My commit:
commit 12e7f51702
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Thu Feb 28 10:55:26 2013 +0100
mac80211: cleanup generic suspend/resume procedures
removed check for deleting MONITOR and AP_VLAN when suspend. That can
cause a crash (i.e. in iwlagn_mac_remove_interface()) since we remove
interface in the driver that we did not add before.
Reference:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-kernel&m=137391815113860&w=2
Bisected-by: Ortwin Glück <odi@odi.ch>
Reported-and-tested-by: Ortwin Glück <odi@odi.ch>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch is intended to avoid the buffering to non-assoc mesh STA
and also to avoid the triggering of frame to non-assoc mesh STA which
could cause kernel panic in specific hw.
One of the examples, is kernel panic happens to ath9k if user space
inserts the mesh STA and not proceed with the SAE and AMPE, and later
the same mesh STA is detected again. The sta_state of the mesh STA remains
at IEEE80211_STA_NONE and if the ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup is called
and subsequently the ath_tx_aggr_wakeup, the kernel panic due to
ath_tx_node_init is not called before to initialize the require data
structures.
This issue is reported by Cedric Voncken before.
http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg106342.html
[<831ea6b4>] ath_tx_aggr_wakeup+0x44/0xcc [ath9k]
[<83084214>] ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup+0xb8/0x208 [mac80211]
[<830b9824>] ieee80211_mps_sta_status_update+0x94/0x108 [mac80211]
[<83099398>] ieee80211_sta_ps_transition+0xc94/0x34d8 [mac80211]
[<8022399c>] nf_iterate+0x98/0x104
[<8309bb60>] ieee80211_sta_ps_transition+0x345c/0x34d8 [mac80211]
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When priv_sta == NULL, mi->prev_sample is dereferenced too early. Move
the assignment further down, after the rate_control_send_low call.
Reported-by: Krzysztof Mazur <krzysiek@podlesie.net>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a driver (like hwsim) uses HW queue control an
active monitor vif needs to be used for the queues,
make the code do that. Otherwise we'd bail out and
drop the frames.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Set the Forwarding bit in Mesh Capability Info according
to dot11MeshForwarding as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012
section 8.4.2.100.8.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is an off-by-one error in the beacon generation for the ibss mode,
falsely a rate the extended supported rates which was already added to
supported rates, messing up the beacon. This was introduced by commit
"mac80211: select and adjust bitrates according to channel mode".
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There appear to be two regressions in ibss.c when calling
ieee80211_sta_def_wmm_params():
* the second argument should be a rate length, not a rate array. This
was introduced by my commit "mac80211: select and adjust bitrates
according to channel mode"
* the third argument is not initialized (anymore), making further
checks within this function useless.
Since ieee80211_sta_def_wmm_params() is only used by ibss anyway,
remove the function entirely and handle the operating mode decision
immediately.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This was originally designed to fail when a 40+/40- mode can not be
used, but basic modes (such as 5/10/20 MHz) must be handled
with an error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Use a chandef instead of just the channel for scanning, and enable
5/10 Mhz scanning for IBSS mode. Also reporting is changed to the new
inform_bss functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Some regulations (like germany, but also FCC) express their transmission
power limit in dBm/MHz or mW/MHz. To cope with that and be on the safe
side, reduce the maximum power to half (10 MHz) or quarter (5 MHz)
when operating on these reduced bandwidth channels.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Mandatory rates for 5 and 10 MHz are different from the rates used for
20 MHz in 2.4 GHz mode, as they use OFDM only.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
The various components accessing the bitrates table must use consider
the used channel bandwidth to select only available rates or calculate
the bitrate correctly.
There are some rates in reduced bandwidth modes which can't be
represented as multiples of 500kbps, like 2.25 MBit/s in 5 MHz mode. The
standard suggests to round up to the next multiple of 500kbps, just do
that in mac80211 as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[make rate unsigned in ieee80211_add_tx_radiotap_header(), squash fix]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Wireshark already defines radiotap channel flags for 5 and 10 MHz, so
just use them in Linux radiotap too. Furthermore, add rx status flags to
allow drivers to report when they received data on 5 or 10 MHz channels.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
according to IEEE 802.11-2012 section 18, various timings change
when using 5 MHz and 10 MHz. Reflect this by using a "shift" when
calculating durations.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
5 and 10 MHz support needs to know the current operating channel width,
add the chandef to the rate control API.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
When per-chain signal information is available, don't add
the antenna field once but instead add a radiotap namespace
for each chain containing the chain/antenna number and the
signal strength on that chain.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
The duplicate retransmission detection code in mac80211
erroneously attempts to do the check for every frame,
even frames that don't have a sequence control field or
that don't use it (QoS-Null frames.)
This is problematic because it causes the code to access
data beyond the end of the SKB and depending on the data
there will drop packets erroneously.
Correct the code to not do duplicate detection for such
frames.
I found this error while testing AP powersave, it lead
to retransmitted PS-Poll frames being dropped entirely
as the data beyond the end of the SKB was always zero.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [all versions]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As reported in https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=60514,
the station loop never initialises 'sinfo' and therefore adds up
a stack values, leaking stack information (the number of times it
adds values is easily obtained another way.)
Fix this by initialising the sinfo for each station to add.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
The CCK group needs special treatment to set the right flags and rate
index. Add this missing check to prevent setting broken rates for tx
packets.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"This is a re-do of the net-next pull request for the current merge
window. The only difference from the one I made the other day is that
this has Eliezer's interface renames and the timeout handling changes
made based upon your feedback, as well as a few bug fixes that have
trickeled in.
Highlights:
1) Low latency device polling, eliminating the cost of interrupt
handling and context switches. Allows direct polling of a network
device from socket operations, such as recvmsg() and poll().
Currently ixgbe, mlx4, and bnx2x support this feature.
Full high level description, performance numbers, and design in
commit 0a4db187a9 ("Merge branch 'll_poll'")
From Eliezer Tamir.
2) With the routing cache removed, ip_check_mc_rcu() gets exercised
more than ever before in the case where we have lots of multicast
addresses. Use a hash table instead of a simple linked list, from
Eric Dumazet.
3) Add driver for Atheros CQA98xx 802.11ac wireless devices, from
Bartosz Markowski, Janusz Dziedzic, Kalle Valo, Marek Kwaczynski,
Marek Puzyniak, Michal Kazior, and Sujith Manoharan.
4) Support reporting the TUN device persist flag to userspace, from
Pavel Emelyanov.
5) Allow controlling network device VF link state using netlink, from
Rony Efraim.
6) Support GRE tunneling in openvswitch, from Pravin B Shelar.
7) Adjust SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF and SOCK_MIN_SNDBUF for modern times, from
Daniel Borkmann and Eric Dumazet.
8) Allow controlling of TCP quickack behavior on a per-route basis,
from Cong Wang.
9) Several bug fixes and improvements to vxlan from Stephen
Hemminger, Pravin B Shelar, and Mike Rapoport. In particular,
support receiving on multiple UDP ports.
10) Major cleanups, particular in the area of debugging and cookie
lifetime handline, to the SCTP protocol code. From Daniel
Borkmann.
11) Allow packets to cross network namespaces when traversing tunnel
devices. From Nicolas Dichtel.
12) Allow monitoring netlink traffic via AF_PACKET sockets, in a
manner akin to how we monitor real network traffic via ptype_all.
From Daniel Borkmann.
13) Several bug fixes and improvements for the new alx device driver,
from Johannes Berg.
14) Fix scalability issues in the netem packet scheduler's time queue,
by using an rbtree. From Eric Dumazet.
15) Several bug fixes in TCP loss recovery handling, from Yuchung
Cheng.
16) Add support for GSO segmentation of MPLS packets, from Simon
Horman.
17) Make network notifiers have a real data type for the opaque
pointer that's passed into them. Use this to properly handle
network device flag changes in arp_netdev_event(). From Jiri
Pirko and Timo Teräs.
18) Convert several drivers over to module_pci_driver(), from Peter
Huewe.
19) tcp_fixup_rcvbuf() can loop 500 times over loopback, just use a
O(1) calculation instead. From Eric Dumazet.
20) Support setting of explicit tunnel peer addresses in ipv6, just
like ipv4. From Nicolas Dichtel.
21) Protect x86 BPF JIT against spraying attacks, from Eric Dumazet.
22) Prevent a single high rate flow from overruning an individual cpu
during RX packet processing via selective flow shedding. From
Willem de Bruijn.
23) Don't use spinlocks in TCP md5 signing fast paths, from Eric
Dumazet.
24) Don't just drop GSO packets which are above the TBF scheduler's
burst limit, chop them up so they are in-bounds instead. Also
from Eric Dumazet.
25) VLAN offloads are missed when configured on top of a bridge, fix
from Vlad Yasevich.
26) Support IPV6 in ping sockets. From Lorenzo Colitti.
27) Receive flow steering targets should be updated at poll() time
too, from David Majnemer.
28) Fix several corner case regressions in PMTU/redirect handling due
to the routing cache removal, from Timo Teräs.
29) We have to be mindful of ipv4 mapped ipv6 sockets in
upd_v6_push_pending_frames(). From Hannes Frederic Sowa.
30) Fix L2TP sequence number handling bugs, from James Chapman."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1214 commits)
drivers/net: caif: fix wrong rtnl_is_locked() usage
drivers/net: enic: release rtnl_lock on error-path
vhost-net: fix use-after-free in vhost_net_flush
net: mv643xx_eth: do not use port number as platform device id
net: sctp: confirm route during forward progress
virtio_net: fix race in RX VQ processing
virtio: support unlocked queue poll
net/cadence/macb: fix bug/typo in extracting gem_irq_read_clear bit
Documentation: Fix references to defunct linux-net@vger.kernel.org
net/fs: change busy poll time accounting
net: rename low latency sockets functions to busy poll
bridge: fix some kernel warning in multicast timer
sfc: Fix memory leak when discarding scattered packets
sit: fix tunnel update via netlink
dt:net:stmmac: Add dt specific phy reset callback support.
dt:net:stmmac: Add support to dwmac version 3.610 and 3.710
dt:net:stmmac: Allocate platform data only if its NULL.
net:stmmac: fix memleak in the open method
ipv6: rt6_check_neigh should successfully verify neigh if no NUD information are available
net: ipv6: fix wrong ping_v6_sendmsg return value
...
For the workqueue creation interfaces that do not expect format strings,
make sure they cannot accidently be parsed that way. Additionally, clean
up calls made with a single parameter that would be handled as a format
string. Many callers are passing potentially dynamic string content, so
use "%s" in those cases to avoid any potential accidents.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Previously the default mesh STA nonpeer power mode was
UNKNOWN (0) make the default mesh STA power mode ACTIVE,
to prevent unnecessary frame buffering while peering is
not yet complete. Fixes a panic in ath9k_htc when adding
stations from userspace, and mcast buffered frames are
later released.
Thanks to Bob Copeland for his help debugging this.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Useful for userspace mesh to authenticate and peer without
a station entry, since both steps may fail anyway.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/Kconfig
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c
net/batman-adv/bat_iv_ogm.c
net/wireless/nl80211.c
The ath9k Kconfig conflict was a change of a Kconfig option name right
next to the deletion of another option.
The xen-netback conflict was overlapping changes involving the
handling of the notify list in xen_netbk_rx_action().
Batman conflict resolution provided by Antonio Quartulli, basically
keep everything in both conflict hunks.
The nl80211 conflict is a little more involved. In 'net' we added a
dynamic memory allocation to nl80211_dump_wiphy() to fix a race that
Linus reported. Meanwhile in 'net-next' the handlers were converted
to use pre and post doit handlers which use a flag to determine
whether to hold the RTNL mutex around the operation.
However, the dump handlers to not use this logic. Instead they have
to explicitly do the locking. There were apparent bugs in the
conversion of nl80211_dump_wiphy() in that we were not dropping the
RTNL mutex in all the return paths, and it seems we very much should
be doing so. So I fixed that whilst handling the overlapping changes.
To simplify the initial returns, I take the RTNL mutex after we try
to allocate 'tb'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Doing so will allow us to hold the BSS (not just ref it) over the
association process, thus ensuring that it doesn't time out and
gets invisible to the user (e.g. in 'iw wlan0 link'.)
This also fixes a leak in mac80211 where it doesn't always release
the BSS struct properly in all cases where calling this function.
This leak was reported by Ben Greear.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge mac80211 to avoid conflicts with the nl80211 attrbuf
changes.
Conflicts:
net/mac80211/iface.c
net/wireless/nl80211.c
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 6d810f1032
In this way an IBSS station will not use the AUTH messages
to trigger a state reinitialisation anymore.
The behaviour was racy and was not working properly.
It has been introduced to help wpa_supplicant to support
IBSS/RSN, however all the logic is now getting moved into
wpa_s itself which will also be in charge of handling the
AUTH messages thanks to the mgmt frame registration.
If userspace does not register for receiving AUTH frames
then mac80211 will still reply by itself.
At the same time, the auth frame registration counter can be
removed since it is not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
[remove unused variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This should make some parts cleaner and is also required for handling
5/10 MHz properly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is a collection of minor fixes:
* don't allow HT IEs in IBSS for 5/10 MHz
* don't allow HT IEs in Mesh for 5/10 MHz
* don't downgrade from/to 5 and 10 MHz channels
* don't try HT rates for 5 and 10 MHz channels when selecting rates
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of updating the mesh beacon immediately when
requested (which would require the sdata_lock()), defer it
to the mac80211 workqueue.
Fixes yet another deadlock on calling sta_info_flush()
with the sdata_lock() held from ieee80211_stop_mesh(). We
could just drop the sdata_lock() around the
mesh_sta_cleanup() call, but this path is also taken from
several non-locked error paths.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[fix comment position]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Track the AP's beacon rate in the scan BSS data and in the
interface configuration to let the drivers know which rate
the AP is using. This information may be used by drivers,
in our case to let the firmware optimise beacon RX.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All accesses of the tid_start_tx lock should be protected
by sta->lock if there is any chance that another thread
could still be accessing the sta object.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Ben reports that kmemleak is saying TX aggregation TID
structs are leaked. Given his workload, I suspect that
they're leaked because stations are destroyed before
their aggregation sessions get a chance to start. Fix
this by simply freeing structs that are not used yet.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The order of parameters was mixed up, introduced in commit
"mac80211: improve the rate control API"
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a CAC is running and stop_ap is called (e.g. when hostapd is killed
while performing CAC), the CAC must be aborted immediately.
Otherwise ieee80211_stop_ap() will try to stop it when it's too late -
wdev->channel is already NULL and the abort event can not be generated.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are some APs, notably 2G/3G/4G Wifi routers, specifically the
"Onda PN51T", "Vodafone PocketWiFi 2", "ZTE MF60" and a similar
T-Mobile branded device [1] that erroneously don't include all the
needed information in (re)association response frames. Work around
this by assuming the information is the same as it was in the
beacon or probe response and using the data from there instead.
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=58881.
[1] https://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?pid=1277305
Note that this requires marking the first ieee802_11_parse_elems()
argument const, otherwise we'd get a compiler warning.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-and-tested-by: Michal Zajac <manwe@manwe.pl>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211 passes a NULL channel to mgmt_tx if the frame has
to be sent on the one currently in use by the device.
Make the implementation of mgmt_tx correctly handle this
case. Fail if offchan is required.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
[fix RCU locking]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently mesh uses mandatory rates as the default basic rates. Allow basic
rates to be configured during mesh join. Basic rates are applied only if
channel is also provided with mesh join command.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
[some whitespace fixes, refuse basic rates w/o channel]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The time it takes to see the peer link expire may differ
by a minute since sta_expire() is run once a minute as a
mesh housekeeping task.
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch "cfg80211/mac80211: use cfg80211 wdev mutex in
mac80211" introduced several deadlocks by converting the
ifmsh->mtx to wdev->mtx. Solve these by:
1. drop the cancel_work_sync() in ieee80211_stop_mesh().
Instead make the mesh work conditional on whether the mesh
is running or not.
2. lock the mesh work with sdata_lock() to protect beacon
updates and prevent races with wdev->mesh_id_len or
cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge 'net' bug fixes into 'net-next' as we have patches
that will build on top of them.
This merge commit includes a change from Emil Goode
(emilgoode@gmail.com) that fixes a warning that would
have been introduced by this merge. Specifically it
fixes the pingv6_ops method ipv6_chk_addr() to add a
"const" to the "struct net_device *dev" argument and
likewise update the dummy_ipv6_chk_addr() declaration.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently beacon availability upon association is marked by have_beacon
flag of assoc_data structure that becomes unavailable when association
completes. However beacon availability indication is required also after
association to inform a driver. Currently dtim_period parameter is used
for this purpose. Move have_beacon flag to another structure, persistant
throughout a interface's life cycle. Use suitable sematics for beacon
availability indication.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
[fix another instance of BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD in docs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_rx_bss_info() deals with dtim_period setting and PS update
when associated. Move all these to another locations cleaning this
function. Also, the current implementation is buggy because when it
calls ieee80211_recalc_ps() bss_conf->dtim_period is notset properly
yet and thus nothing will happen.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Do some cleanups in the cfg80211 SME APIs, which are
only used by mac80211.
Most of these functions get a frame passed, and there
isn't really any reason to export multiple functions
as cfg80211 can check the frame type instead, do that.
Additionally, the API functions have confusing names
like cfg80211_send_...() which was meant to indicate
that it sends an event to userspace, but gets a bit
confusing when there's both TX and RX and they're not
all clearly labeled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The connection monitor needs to know the tx status of
nullframes to work properly.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to take up the space for devices that don't
support WoWLAN, and most drivers can even make the support
data static const (except where it's modified at runtime.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cap max peerings at 63 in accordance with IEEE-2012 8.4.2.100.7.
Triggers a beacon regeneration every time the number of peerings changes.
Previously this would only happen if the "accepting peerings" bit changed.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Minshall <jacob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
nl80211 has already verified the mesh TTL on setting the
mesh config, so no need to check it again in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My cfg80211/mac80211 locking unification broke the sdata
locking in ieee80211_set_power_mgmt, it needs to acquire
the lock for __ieee80211_request_smps(). Add the locking.
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver advertised support for a CAB queue, then we
should put all multicast frames there, otherwise sending
them can be racy with clients going to sleep while we TX
a frame. To avoid this, always TX multicast frames on the
multicast queue.
It seems like even drivers not using the queue framework
might want to do this which would mean also moving the
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM flag assignment, but it
also seems that drivers behave differently here so that
just moving it wouldn't be a good idea. It'd be better to
modify those drivers to use the queue framework.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support them only if the driver advertises support for them via
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ACTIVE_MONITOR. Unlike normal monitor interfaces,
they are added to the driver, along with their MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
So far, only net_device * could be passed along with netdevice notifier
event. This patch provides a possibility to pass custom structure
able to provide info that event listener needs to know.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
v2->v3: fix typo on simeth
shortened dev_getter
shortened notifier_info struct name
v1->v2: fix notifier_call parameter in call_netdevice_notifier()
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When changing the MAC address of a single vif mac80211 will check if
the new address fits into the address mask specified by the driver.
This only needs to be done when using multiple BSSIDs. Hence, check
the new address only against all other vifs.
Also fix the MAC address assignment on new interfaces if the user
changed the address of a vif such that perm_addr is not covered by
addr_mask anymore.
Resolves:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=57371
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Reported-by: Alessandro Lannocca <alessandro.lannocca@gmail.com>
Cc: Alessandro Lannocca <alessandro.lannocca@gmail.com>
Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@thinktube.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since Eric's commit efe117ab8 ("Speedup ieee80211_remove_interfaces")
there's a bug in mac80211 when it unregisters with AP_VLAN interfaces
up. If the AP_VLAN interface was registered after the AP it belongs
to (which is the typical case) and then we get into this code path,
unregister_netdevice_many() will crash because it isn't prepared to
deal with interfaces being closed in the middle of it. Exactly this
happens though, because we iterate the list, find the AP master this
AP_VLAN belongs to and dev_close() the dependent VLANs. After this,
unregister_netdevice_many() won't pick up the fact that the AP_VLAN
is already down and will do it again, causing a crash.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [2.6.33+]
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A lot of code in mac80211 assumes that the hw queues are
set up correctly for all interfaces (except for monitor)
but this isn't true for AP_VLAN interfaces. Fix this by
copying the AP master configuration when an AP VLAN is
brought up, after this the AP interface can't change its
configuration any more and needs to be brought down to
change it, which also forces AP_VLAN interfaces down, so
just copying in open() is sufficient.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using separate locks in cfg80211 and mac80211 has always
caused issues, for example having to unlock in places in
mac80211 to call cfg80211, which even needed a framework
to make cfg80211 calls after some functions returned etc.
Additionally, I suspect some issues people have reported
with the cfg80211 state getting confused could be due to
such issues, when cfg80211 is asking mac80211 to change
state but mac80211 is in the process of telling cfg80211
that the state changed (in another way.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As estab_plinks is not a statistics member, don't show its debug information
along with other mesh stat members
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some chips can tell us if received frame was
encoded with STBC or not. To make this information available
in user space we can use updated radiotap specification:
http://www.radiotap.org/defined-fields/MCS
This patch will set number of STBC encoded spatial streams (Nss).
The HAVE_STBC flag should be provided by driver.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since Eric's commit efe117ab8 ("Speedup ieee80211_remove_interfaces")
there's a bug in mac80211 when it unregisters with AP_VLAN interfaces
up. If the AP_VLAN interface was registered after the AP it belongs
to (which is the typical case) and then we get into this code path,
unregister_netdevice_many() will crash because it isn't prepared to
deal with interfaces being closed in the middle of it. Exactly this
happens though, because we iterate the list, find the AP master this
AP_VLAN belongs to and dev_close() the dependent VLANs. After this,
unregister_netdevice_many() won't pick up the fact that the AP_VLAN
is already down and will do it again, causing a crash.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [2.6.33+]
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A lot of code in mac80211 assumes that the hw queues are
set up correctly for all interfaces (except for monitor)
but this isn't true for AP_VLAN interfaces. Fix this by
copying the AP master configuration when an AP VLAN is
brought up, after this the AP interface can't change its
configuration any more and needs to be brought down to
change it, which also forces AP_VLAN interfaces down, so
just copying in open() is sufficient.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code I added in "mac80211: don't start new netdev queues
if driver stopped" crashes for monitor and AP VLAN interfaces
because while they have a netdev, they don't have queues set
up by the driver.
To fix the crash, exclude these from queue accounting here
and just start their netdev queues unconditionally.
For monitor, this is the best we can do, as we can redirect
frames there to any other interface and don't know which one
that will since it can be different for each frame.
For AP VLAN interfaces, we can do better later and actually
properly track the queue status. Not doing this is really a
separate bug though.
Reported-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We send direct probe to broadcast address, as some APs do not respond to
unicast PROBE frames when unassociated. Broadcast frames are not acked,
so we can not use that for trigger MLME state machine, but we need to
use old timeout mechanism.
This fixes authentication timed out like below:
[ 1024.671974] wlan6: authenticate with 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe
[ 1024.694125] wlan6: direct probe to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 1/3)
[ 1024.695450] wlan6: direct probe to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 2/3)
[ 1024.700586] wlan6: send auth to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 3/3)
[ 1024.701441] wlan6: authentication with 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe timed out
With fix, we have:
[ 4524.198978] wlan6: authenticate with 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe
[ 4524.220692] wlan6: direct probe to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 1/3)
[ 4524.421784] wlan6: send auth to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 2/3)
[ 4524.423272] wlan6: authenticated
[ 4524.423811] wlan6: associate with 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 1/3)
[ 4524.427492] wlan6: RX AssocResp from 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (capab=0x431 status=0 aid=1)
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.9
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Generally, the DTIM period is available after a beacon has
been received, and if no beacon has been received enabling
powersave is problematic anyway for synchronisation. Since
some drivers may require the DTIM period for powersave,
don't enable powersave until it becomes available in case
the scan/association managed to not receive a beacon.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously the mesh_auth_id was disabled. Instead set the
correct mesh authentication bit based on the mesh setup.
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no real difference between *array and array, but
the former confuses smatch so write it differently. The
generated code is exactly the same.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211 and the Intel drivers all define crypto
constants, move them to ieee80211.h instead.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an HT AP is advertising channel switch in a beacon, it
doesn't (and shouldn't, according to 802.11-2012 Table 8-20)
include a secondary channel offset element. The only possible
interpretation is that the previous secondary channel offset
remains valid, so use that when switching channel based only
on beacon information.
VHT requires the Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch subelement to
be present in the Channel Switch Wrapper element, so the code
for that is probably ok (see 802.11ac Draft 4, 8.4.2.165.)
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Even if the frame isn't transmitted to the AP, we need to
report it to cfg80211 so the state there can be updated
correctly.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In AP mode, ignore frames with mis-matched BSSID that aren't
multicast or sent to the correct destination. This fixes
reporting public action frames to userspace multiple times
on multiple virtual AP interfaces.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k() may be called with interrupts
disabled, so spin_unlock_bh() isn't safe and leads to
warnings. Since it's always called with BHs disabled
already, just use spin_lock().
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Milan Kocian <milon@wq.cz>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Document rx vs tx status concurrency requirements.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an HT AP is advertising channel switch in a beacon, it
doesn't (and shouldn't, according to 802.11-2012 Table 8-20)
include a secondary channel offset element. The only possible
interpretation is that the previous secondary channel offset
remains valid, so use that when switching channel based only
on beacon information.
VHT requires the Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch subelement to
be present in the Channel Switch Wrapper element, so the code
for that is probably ok (see 802.11ac Draft 4, 8.4.2.165.)
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since commit 12e7f51702,
IEEE80211_SDATA_DISCONNECT_RESUME no longer worked as
it would simply never be tested. Restore a bit of the
code removed there and in 9b7d72c104
to make it work again.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/mac80211_if.c
include/net/scm.h
net/batman-adv/routing.c
net/ipv4/tcp_input.c
The e{uid,gid} --> {uid,gid} credentials fix conflicted with the
cleanup in net-next to now pass cred structs around.
The be2net driver had a bug fix in 'net' that overlapped with the VLAN
interface changes by Patrick McHardy in net-next.
An IGB conflict existed because in 'net' the build_skb() support was
reverted, and in 'net-next' there was a comment style fix within that
code.
Several batman-adv conflicts were resolved by making sure that all
calls to batadv_is_my_mac() are changed to have a new bat_priv first
argument.
Eric Dumazet's TS ECR fix in TCP in 'net' conflicted with the F-RTO
rewrite in 'net-next', mostly overlapping changes.
Thanks to Stephen Rothwell and Antonio Quartulli for help with several
of these merge resolutions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the rate selection table to mac80211 from minstrel_update_stats.
Only rates for sample attempts are set in info->control.rates, with deferred
sampling, only the second slot gets changed.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pass the rate selection table to mac80211 from minstrel_ht_update_stats.
Only rates for sample attempts are set in info->control.rates.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow rate control modules to pass a rate selection table to mac80211
and the driver. This allows drivers to fetch the most recent rate
selection from the sta pointer for already buffered frames. This allows
rate control to respond faster to sudden link changes and it is also a
step towards adding minstrel_ht support to drivers like iwlwifi.
When a driver sets IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, mac80211 will not
fill info->control.rates with rates from the rate table (to preserve
explicit overrides by the rate control module). The driver then
explicitly calls ieee80211_get_tx_rates to merge overrides from
info->control.rates with defaults from the sta rate table.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Initialize {mp,mi}->{max_tp_rate,max_tp_rate2,max_prob_rate} in
minstrel_ht's rate_init and rate_update.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
minstrel_ht initializes max_tp_rate max_tp_rate2 and max_prob_rate to
zero both for minstrel_ht_sta and minstrel_mcs_group_data.
This is wrong since there is no guarantee that the 1st rate of any
group is supported.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The RCU docs used to state that rcu_barrier() included a wait
for an RCU grace period; however the comments for rcu_barrier()
as of commit f0a0e6f... "rcu: Clarify memory-ordering properties
of grace-period primitives" contradict this.
So add back synchronize_{rcu,net}() to where they once were,
but keep the rcu_barrier()s for the call_rcu() callbacks.
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some driver implementations need to know whether mandatory
admission control is required by the AP for some ACs. Add
a parameter to the TX queue parameters indicating this.
As there's currently no support for admission control in
mac80211's AP implementation, it's only ever set for the
client implementation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's an issue in receiving broadcast management frames
on P2P Device virtual interfaces, such frames have the RX
flag IEEE80211_RX_RA_MATCH cleared and are thus dropped
in ieee80211_rx_h_mgmt_check(). They should be let through
to make it to ieee80211_rx_h_userspace_mgmt() and then to
userspace.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use powers of two in ewma of minstrel.
This changes :
- EWMA_DIV from 100 to 2^7
- EWMA_LEVEL from 75 (/EWMA_DIV=100) to 2^6 + 2^5 (/EWMA_DIV=128)
Note that this changes EWMA_DIV - EWMA_LEVEL from 25 to 2^5 and keeps
EWMA_LEVEL / EWMA_DIV == 0.75.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since Stanislaw's patches, when suspending while connected,
cfg80211 will disconnect. This causes the AP station to be
removed, which uses call_rcu() to clean up. Due to needing
process context, this queues a work struct on the mac80211
workqueue. This will warn and fail when already suspended,
which can happen if the rcu call doesn't happen quickly.
To fix this, replace the synchronize_net() which is really
just synchronize_rcu_expedited() with rcu_barrier(), which
unlike synchronize_rcu() waits until RCU callback have run
and thus avoids this issue.
In theory, this can even happen without Stanislaw's change
to disconnect on suspend since userspace might disconnect
just before suspending, though then it's unlikely that the
call_rcu() will be delayed long enough.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.7+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The rates[0] CTS and RTS flags are only set after rate control has been
called, so minstrel cannot use them to for setting the number of
retries. This patch adds two new flags to explicitly indicate RTS/CTS use.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the code always copies the configured MCS mask (even if it is
set to default), but only uses it if legacy rates were also masked out.
Fix this by adding a flag that tracks whether the configured MCS mask is
set to default or not.
Optimize the code further by storing a pointer to the configured rate
mask in txrc instead of using memcpy.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
I noticed that monitor interfaces by default would start on 5GHz
while STA/AP ones would start 2GHZ - It stems from the fact that
ieee80211_register_hw unnecessarily adjusts the local->monitor_chandef
for each band.
This avoids this and while at it uses a single dflt_chandef to initialize
in one go local->{hw.conf.chandef,_oper_chandef,monitor_chandef}
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Handle VHT rates like HT ones, otherwise we easily trigger the pre-HT
rates WARN_ON(rc_rate->idx >= sband->n_bitrates) which will set
rc_rate->idx to -1.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, mac80211 assumes that connection monitor offload
for BSS station implies that the device:
- sends periodic keep alive packets to associated AP
- monitors missed beacons
- actively probes the AP in case of missed beacons
In case of poor connection conditions it expects the function
ieee80211_connection_loss() to be called by driver. However,
some devices implement connection monitor offload excluding
active AP probing.
To allow them to call ieee80211_beacon_loss() cleanly, remove
the warning there and thus allow them to use mac80211 for the
AP probing even if connection monitor offload is supported.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Parse and react to the wide bandwidth channel switch element
in beacons/action frames. Finding the element was done in a
previous patch (it has different positions in beacons/action
frames), now handle it. If there's something wrong with it
simply disconnect.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
VHT introduces multiple IEs that need to be parsed for a
wide bandwidth channel switch. Two are (currently) needed
in mac80211:
* wide bandwidth channel switch element
* channel switch wrapper element
The former is contained in the latter for beacons and probe
responses, but not for the spectrum management action frames
so the IE parser needs a new argument to differentiate them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Handle the (public) extended channel switch announcement
action frames. Parts of the data in these frames isn't
really in IEs, but put it into the elems struct anyway
to simplify the handling.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for the secondary channel offset IE in channel
switch announcements. This is necessary for proper handling
of CSA on HT access points.
For this to work it is also necessary to convert everything
here to use chandef structs instead of just channels. The
driver updates aren't really correct though. In particular,
the TI wl18xx driver update can't possibly be right since
it just ignores the new channel width for lack of firmware
API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support extended channel switch when the operating
class is one of the global operating classes as
defined in Annex E of 802.11-2012. If it isn't,
disconnect from the AP instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CSA action frame content should be processed as variable IEs
rather than fixed to make it extensible. Unify the code and
process them just like CSA in beacons to make it easier to
extend for HT/VHT.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The field is otherwise reserved, so we shouldn't read
and reject it, though any sane system will probably
have to set it to 0 anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the 1st rate control entry is a pre-HT rate we want to set
rts_cts_rate_idx "as the fastest basic rate that is not faster than the
data rate"(code comments).
But in case some bss allowed rate indexes are lower than the lowest bss
basic rate, if the rate control selects a rate among the formers for its
1st rate control entry, rts_cts_rate_idx remains 0 and is not a basic
rate index.
This commit sets rts_cts_rate_idx to the lowest bss basic rate index in
this situation.
Note that the code assumes that lowest indexes == lowest bitrates.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Johannes Berg notes mac80211 drivers which use
ieee80211_queue_stopped() really only want to know if they
previously requested a queue stop.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If authentication (or association with FT) is requested by
userspace, mac80211 currently doesn't tell cfg80211 that it
disconnected from the AP. That leaves inconsistent state:
cfg80211 thinks it's connected while mac80211 thinks it's
not. Typically this won't last long, as soon as mac80211
reports the new association to cfg80211 the old one goes
away. If, however, the new authentication or association
doesn't succeed, then cfg80211 will forever think the old
one still exists and will refuse attempts to authenticate
or associate with the AP it thinks it's connected to.
Anders reported that this leads to it taking a very long
time to reconnect to a network, or never even succeeding.
I tested this with an AP hacked to never respond to auth
frames, and one that works, and with just those two the
system never recovers because one won't work and cfg80211
thinks it's connected to the other so refuses connections
to it.
To fix this, simply make mac80211 tell cfg80211 when it is
no longer connected to the old AP, while authenticating or
associating to a new one.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Anders Kaseorg <andersk@mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers need SSID in AP and IBSS mode. AP SSID is provided
through BSS_CHANGED_SSID notification. There was no easy way to
do the same for IBSS. In IBSS mode SSID is known but was not
stored in BSS configuration. Extend the AP-mode functionality
to also work in IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Advertise STBC capabilities and MCS rates even if the AP
doesn't support them. This has always been the right thing
to do, but used to be problematic with some APs. Now WFA
testing requires this so re-enable it, problematic APs
would then presumably not pass the test and be fixed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When AP interface is stopped ssid_len in the BSS configuration
isn't cleared which can confuse drivers when switching modes.
Set the length to zero when stopping the AP interface.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
local->hw.conf maybe not be synced when recalcing whether radar is
enabled, sometimes leaving radar enabled even if it's not neccesary
anymore.
Fix this by:
* setting radar_enabled when creating the chanctx
* turning radar_enabled off before destroying the last channel context
Reported-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch "mac80211: stringify mesh peering events" missed
an opportunity to print the peering state as a string.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Otherwise forwarded frames would keep the retry bit set
from the previous link transmission.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
feng xiangjun reports that my
commit 382a103b2b
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Fri Mar 22 22:30:09 2013 +0100
mac80211: fix idle handling sequence
broke the wireless status LED. The reason is that
we now call ieee80211_idle_off() when the channel
context is assigned, and that doesn't recalculate
the LED state. Fix this by making that function a
wrapper around most of idle recalculation while
forcing active.
Reported-by: feng xiangjun <fengxj325@gmail.com>
Tested-by: feng xiangjun <fengxj325@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a new netdev (e.g. an AP VLAN) is created while the driver
has queues stopped, the new netdev queues will be started even
though they shouldn't. This will lead to frames accumulating
on the internal mac80211 pending queues instead of properly
being held on the netdev queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Given the (nested) switch statements, this code can't
be reached, so make it warn instead of manipulating
the carrier state which seems purposeful.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The netdev queues should always represent the state that
the driver gave them, so fiddling with them isn't really
appropriate in the mlme code. Also, since we stop queues
for flushing now, this really isn't necessary any more.
As the scan/offchannel code has also been modified to no
longer do this a while ago, remove the outdated smp_mb()
and comments about it.
While at it, also add a pair of braces that was missing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's unlikely that an AP requires WMM mandatory admission control
for all access categories, and if it does then we still transmit
on the background AC without requesting admission. However, avoid
using uAPSD in this case since the implementation could run into
issues and might use other ACs etc.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a device is unplugged while suspended, mac80211 is
de-initialized and all interfaces are removed while no
state is actually present in the driver. This can cause
warnings and driver confusion.
Fix this by reordering the do_stop code to not call the
driver when it is suspended, i.e. when there's no state
in the driver anyway.
The previous patches removed a few corner cases in ROC
and virtual monitor interfaces so that now this is safe
to do and no state should be left over.
Reported-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It has to be removed from the driver, but completely
destroying it helps handle unplug of a device during
suspend since then the channel context handling etc.
doesn't have to happen later when it's removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
They can't really be executed while suspended and could
trigger work warnings, so abort all ROC items. When the
system resumes the notifications about this will be
delivered to userspace which can then act accordingly
(though it will assume they were canceled/finished.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code now explicitly calls ieee80211_configure_filter()
anyway, so nothing needs to be explained.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Most times that mesh_path_add() is called, it is followed by
a lookup to get the just-added mpath. We can instead just
return the new mpath in the case that we allocated one (or the
existing one if already there), so do that. Also, reorder the
code in mesh_path_add a bit so that we don't need to allocate
in the pre-existing case.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh hwmp debug message is a bit confusing. The "sending PREP
to %p" should be the MAC address of mesh STA that has originated
the PREQ message and the "received PREP from %pM" should be the MAC
address of the mesh STA that has originated the PREP message.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of open-coding the accesses and length check do
the length check in the IE parser and assign a struct
pointer for use in the remaining code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's always just one byte, so check for that and
remove the length field from the parser struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's always just one byte, so check for that and
remove the length field from the parser struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The master interface no longer exists ... and hasn't for
a few years now, so remove this reference :-)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
I don't think we should send the events unless it was actually
a beacon that was lost...not just any probe of an AP.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Beacon-timeout and number of beacon loss events.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is possible since the global hw config and local switched to
cfg80211_chan_def.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/nfc/microread/mei.c
net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue_core.c
Pull in 'net' to get Eric Biederman's AF_UNIX fix, upon which
some cleanups are going to go on-top.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/mac80211/sta_info.c
net/wireless/core.h
Two minor conflicts in wireless. Overlapping additions of extern
declarations in net/wireless/core.h and a bug fix overlapping with
the addition of a boolean parameter to __ieee80211_key_free().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new constant ETH_P_802_3_MIN, the minimum ethernet type for
an 802.3 frame. Frames with a lower value in the ethernet type field
are Ethernet II.
Also update all the users of this value that David Miller and
I could find to use the new constant.
Also correct a bug in util.c. The comparison with ETH_P_802_3_MIN
should be >= not >.
As suggested by Jesse Gross.
Compile tested only.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Cc: Karsten Keil <isdn@linux-pingi.de>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Bart De Schuymer <bart.de.schuymer@pandora.be>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Cc: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: bridge@lists.linux-foundation.org
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: dev@openvswitch.org
Acked-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because
they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel,
nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
[fix kernel-doc]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Corey Richardson reported that my idle handling cleanup
(commit fd0f979a1b, "mac80211: simplify idle handling")
broke ath9k_htc. The reason appears to be that it wants
to go out of idle before switching channels. To fix it,
reimplement that sequence.
Reported-by: Corey Richardson <corey@octayn.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211 currently sets uAPSD parameters to have VO AC trigger-
and delivery-enabled, with maximum service period length.
Allow drivers to change these default settings since different
uAPSD client implementations may handle errors differently and
be able to recover from some errors.
Note: some APs may not function correctly if one or all ACs are
trigger- and delivery-enabled, see
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/93577.
We retested with this AP and later firmware doesn't have this
bug any more.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of having an SKB all the time, use a beacon_data struct
with just the information required. This also allows removing a
synchronize_rcu() and using kfree_rcu() instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we don't disable beaconing, the driver might attempt
to continue, but would fail to request a beacon. That's
strange, so disable beaconing first.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a ROC item is canceled just as it expires, the work
struct may be scheduled while it is running (and waiting
for the mutex). This results in it being run after being
freed, which obviously crashes.
To fix this don't free it when aborting is requested but
instead mark it as "to be freed", which makes the work a
no-op and allows freeing it outside.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.6+]
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Tested-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
I found another crash when deleting lots of virtual stations
in a congested environment. I think the problem is that
the ieee80211_mlme_notify_scan_completed could call
ieee80211_restart_sta_timer for a stopped interface
that was about to be deleted.
With the following patch I am unable to reproduce the
crash.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[move check, also make the same change in mesh]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add P2P NoA settings for STA mode.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[fix docs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr structure during
P2P_PS (oppps) detection.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On loaded systems with lots of VIFs, I see lots of beacon
timeouts, even though the connection to the AP is very
good. Allow tuning the beacon-loss-count variable to
give the system longer to process beacons if the user
prefers.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[add the number of beacons to the message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The virtual monitor interface has a locking issue, it calls
into the channel context code with the iflist mutex held
which isn't allowed since it is usually acquired the other
way around. The mutex is still required for the interface
iteration, but need not be held across the channel calls.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For the sake of speed of calculation and number accuracy,
mac80211 tracks the RSSI in dBm * 16. But it forgot to
divide back by 16 when the RSSI is asked by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes queues are flushed in the middle of
operation, which can lead to driver issues.
Stop queues temporarily, while flushing, to
avoid transmitting new packets while they are
being flushed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only
really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface,
and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on
other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue
bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
max_tp_rate2 and max_prob_rate tend to get used occasionally during
retransmission, which is more useful for the statistics than probing
with individual probe packets.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Slow rates that have >95% success probability do not need to be
monitored continuously. When the channel conditions change rapidly, the
slow sampling results are useless anyway. When conditions change slowly,
they will be monitored by gradual downgrading of the actively used
rates. This patch slightly improves throughput under good conditions.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Under load, otherwise stable rates can easily fluctuate because of
collisions. In my tests on a clean channel, the success probability of
the max throughput rate often stays somewhere between 90% and 100% under
load. This can cause some unnecessary switching to lower rates.
This patch improves stability by treating success probability values
between 90% and 100% the same.
In my tests on a 3x3 HT20 link with lots of TCP traffic, it improves the
average throughput by a few mbit/s.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This basically reverts commit b207cdb07f.
Now is possible to use drv_{add,remove}_interface() and vif->debugfs_dir
to create/remove per interface debugfs files. Remove redundant
callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is need create driver own per interface debugfs files. This is
currently done by drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs() callbacks. But it
is possible that after we remove interface from the driver (i.e.
on suspend) we call drv_remove_interface_debugfs() function. Fixing this
problem will require to add call drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs()
anytime we create and remove interface in mac80211. So it's better to
add debugfs dir dentry to vif structure to allow to create/remove
custom debugfs driver files on drv_{add,remove}_interface().
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices have multicast filter capability for each individual
virtual interface rather than just a global one. Add an interface
specific driver callback allowing such drivers to configure this.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of calling synchronize_net() for every key
on an interface or when a station is removed, do it
only once for all keys in both of these cases.
As a side-effect, removing station keys now always
calls synchronize_net() even if there are no keys,
which fixes an issue with station removal happening
in the driver while the station could still be used
for TX.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a key is allocated but not really added, there's no
need to go through the entire teardown process. Also, if
adding a key fails, ieee80211_key_link() can take care of
freeing it instead of the (only) caller.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a P2P Device interface receives an unhandled action
frame, we attempt to return it. This crashes because it
doesn't have a channel context. Fix the crash by using
status->band and properly mark the return frame as an
off-channel frame.
Reported-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is possible that sta_info_recalc_tim() is called consecutively
without changing the station's tim bit. In such cases there is no
need to call the driver's set_tim() callback.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The irqsafe version ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() exists, but
drivers must not mix calls to any irqsafe/non-irqsafe function.
Both ath9k and iwlwifi, the likely first users of this interface,
use non-irqsafe RX/TX/TX status so must also use a non-irqsafe
version of this function. Since no driver uses the _irqsafe()
version, remove that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make the TX bytes/packets counters race-free by keeping
them per AC so concurrent TX on queues can't cause lost
or wrong updates. This works since each station belongs
to a single interface. While at it also make the bytes
counters 64-bit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If there are keys left during station removal, then a
synchronize_net() will be done (for each key, I have a
patch to address this for 3.10), otherwise it won't be
done at all which causes issues because the station
could be used for TX while it's being removed from the
driver -- that might confuse the driver.
Fix this by always doing synchronize_net() if no key
was present any more.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is a corner case which wasn't being covered:
userspace may authenticate and allocate stations,
but still leave the peering up to the kernel.
Initialize the peering timer if the MPM is not in
userspace, in a path which is taken by both the kernel and
userspace when allocating stations.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Earlier mac80211 would check whether some kind of mesh
security was enabled, when the real question was "is the
MPM in userspace"?
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh station types used to refer to whether the
station was secure or nonsecure. Really the salient
information is whether it is managed by the kernel or
userspace
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch improves the way minstrel sorts rates according to throughput
and success probability. 3 FOR-loops across the entire rate set in function
minstrel_update_stats() which where used to determine the fastest, second
fastest and most robust rate are reduced to 1 FOR-loop.
The sorted list of rates according throughput is extended to the best four
rates as we need them in upcoming joint rate and power control. The sorting
is done via the new function minstrel_sort_best_tp_rates().
The most robust rate selection is aligned with minstrel_ht's approach.
Once any success probability is above 95% the one with the highest
throughput is chosen as most robust rate. If success probabilities of all
rates are below 95%, the rate with the highest succ. prob. is elected as
most robust one
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Based on minstrel_ht this patch treats success probabilities below 10% as
implausible values for throughput calculation in minstrel's statistics.
Current throughput per rate with such a low success probability is reset
to 0 MBit/s.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While minstrel bootstraps and fills the success probabilities of each
rate the lowest rate has typically a very high success probability
(often 100% in our tests).
Its statistics are never updated but considered to setup the mrr chain.
In our tests we see that especially the 3rd mrr stage (which is that
rate providing highest success probability) is filled with the lowest rate
because its initial high sucess probability is never updated. By design
the 4th mrr stage is filled with the lowest rate so often 3rd and 4th
mrr stage are equal.
This patch follows minstrels general approach of assuming as little
as possible about rate dependencies. Consequently we include the
lowest rate into the random sampling table to get balanced up-to-date
statistics of all rates and therefore balanced decisions.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Minstrel's decision which rate should be directly sampled within the
1st mrr stage is limited to such rates faster than the current max
throughput rate. All rates below the current max. throughput rate
are indirectly sampled via the 2nd mrr stage.
This approach leads to deprecated per rate statistics and therfore
a deprecated mrr chain setup.
This patch uses the sampling approach from minstrel_ht. A counter is
added to sum all indirect sample attempts per rate. After 20 indirect
sampling attempts the rate is directly sampled within the 1st mrr stage.
Therefore more up-to-date statistics for all rates are maintained and
used to setup the mrr chain.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add documentation and more verbose variable names to minstrel's
multi-rate-retry setup within function minstrel_get_rate() to
increase the readability of the algorithm.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Both minstrel versions use individual ways to scale up integer values
to perform calculations. Merge minstrel_ht's scaling macros into
minstrels header file and use them in both minstrel versions.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Both rate control algorithms (minstrel and minstrel_ht) calculate
averages based on EWMA. Shift function minstrel_ewma() into
rc80211_minstrel.h and make use of it in both minstrel version.
Also shift the default EWMA level (75%) definition to the header file
and clean up variable usage.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The last minstrel_ht changes increased the sampling frequency for
potentially useful rates to decrease the response time to rate
fluctuations. This caused an increase in sampling frequency that can
slightly reduce throughput, so this patch limits the sampling attempts
to one per rate instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement restricting peer VHT capabilities to the device's own
capabilities. This is useful when a single driver supports more
than one device and the devices have different capabilities
(often they will differ in the number of spatial streams), but
in particular is also necessary for VHT capability overrides to
work correctly -- otherwise it'd be possible to e.g. advertise,
due to overrides, that TX-STBC is not supported, but then still
use it to TX to the AP because it supports RX-STBC.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
HT capabilites are asymmetric -- e.g. beamforming is both an
RX and TX capability. If, for example, we support RX but not
TX, the RX capability of the AP station is masked out (if it
supports it). This works correctly if it's really the driver
capability.
If, on the other hand, the reason for not supporting TX BF
is that it was removed by HT capability overrides then the
wrong thing happens: the AP's TX capability will be removed
rather than its RX capability, because the override function
works on own capabilities, not remote ones, and doesn't take
the asymmetry into account.
To fix this make a copy of our own capabilities, apply the
overrides to them (where needed) and then use that to set up
the peer's capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The HT overrides are intended only for the connection
to the AP, not for any other purpose. Therefore, don't
apply them to TDLS peers that are also stations added
to a managed station interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For AP interfaces, there's no need to flush stations
or keys again when the interface is stopped as already
happened when the BSS was stopped on the interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since hostapd will remove keys this isn't usually
an issue, but we shouldn't leak keys to the next
BSS started on the same interface. For VLANs this
also fixes a bug, keys that aren't removed would
otherwise be leaked.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During roaming, the crypto_tx_tailroom_needed_cnt counter
will often take values 2,1,0,1,2 because first keys are
removed and then new keys are added. This is inefficient
because during the 0->1 transition, synchronize_net must
be called to avoid packet races, although typically no
packets would be flowing during that time.
To avoid that, defer the decrement (2->1, 1->0) when keys
are removed (by half a second). This means the counter
will really have the values 2,2,2,3,4 ... 2, thus never
reaching 0 and having to do the 0->1 transition.
Note that this patch entirely disregards the drivers for
which this optimisation was done to start with, for them
the key removal itself will be expensive because it has
to synchronize_net() after the counter is incremented to
remove the key from HW crypto. For them the sequence will
look like this: 0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1,0 (*) which is clearly a
lot more inefficient. This could be addressed separately,
during key removal the 0->1->0 sequence isn't necessary.
(*) it starts at 0 because HW crypto is on, then goes to
1 when HW crypto is disabled for a key, then back to
0 because the key is deleted; this happens for both
keys in the example. When new keys are added, it goes
to 1 first because they're added in software; when a
key is moved to hardware it goes back to 0
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no driver using this flag, so it seems
that all drivers support HW crypto with WMM or
don't support it at all. Remove the flag and
code setting it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove not used any longer suspend/resume code.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove not used any longer suspend/resume code.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove not used any longer suspend/resume code.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since now we disconnect before suspend, various code which save
connection state can now be removed from suspend and resume
procedure. Cleanup on resume side is smaller as ieee80211_reconfig()
is also used for H/W restart.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If possible that after suspend, cfg80211 will receive request to
disconnect what require action on interface that was removed during
suspend.
Problem can manifest itself by various warnings similar to below one:
WARNING: at net/mac80211/driver-ops.h:12 ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x2f9/0x300 [mac80211]()
wlan0: Failed check-sdata-in-driver check, flags: 0x4
Call Trace:
[<c043e0b3>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x33/0x40
[<f83707c9>] ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x2f9/0x300 [mac80211]
[<f83a660a>] ieee80211_recalc_ps_vif+0x2a/0x30 [mac80211]
[<f83a6706>] ieee80211_set_disassoc+0xf6/0x500 [mac80211]
[<f83a9441>] ieee80211_mgd_deauth+0x1f1/0x280 [mac80211]
[<f8381b36>] ieee80211_deauth+0x16/0x20 [mac80211]
[<f8261e70>] cfg80211_mlme_down+0x70/0xc0 [cfg80211]
[<f8264de1>] __cfg80211_disconnect+0x1b1/0x1d0 [cfg80211]
To fix the problem disconnect from any associated network before
suspend. User space is responsible to establish connection again
after resume. This basically need to be done by user space anyway,
because associated stations can go away during suspend (for example
NetworkManager disconnects on suspend and connect on resume by default).
Patch also handle situation when driver refuse to suspend with wowlan
configured and try to suspend again without it.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since two years no mac80211 driver implement support for NAPI. Looks
this feature is unneeded, so remove it from generic mac80211 code.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A sample attempt should only count in mi->sample_tries if the sample
attempt wasn't skipped based on slower rate criteria.
This patch increases the sampling frequency for potentially desirable
rates and thus enables faster recovery from interference or collisions.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a rate is below the max_tp_rate, sample it frequently if:
- it is above max_tp_rate2, or
- it is above max_prob_rate and is a candidate for max_prob_rate
(has fewer streams than max_tp_rate).
This helps the retry chain recover more quickly from bad statistics
caused by collisions or interference, and slightly reduces throughput
fluctuations with higher rates.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Try to sample all available rates, as sample attempts do not cost much
airtime and are appropriately spaced based on the average A-MPDU length.
This helps with faster recovery on rate fluctuations.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
max_prob_rate should be selected to be very reliable, however limiting
it to single-stream on 3-stream devices is a bit much.
Allow max_prob_rate to use one stream less than the max_tp_rate.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
At high data rates the average frame transmission durations are small
enough for rounding errors to matter, sometimes causing minstrel to use
slightly lower transmit rates than necessary.
To fix this, change the unit of the duration value to nanoseconds
instead of microseconds, and reorder the multiplications/divisions when
calculating the throughput metric so that they don't overflow or
truncate prematurely.
At 2-stream HT40 this makes TCP throughput a bit more stable.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices can handle remain on channel requests differently
based on the request type/priority. Add support to
differentiate between different ROC types, i.e., indicate that
the ROC is required for sending managment frames.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the sequence number arithmetic code from mac80211 to
ieee80211.h so others can use it. Also rename the functions
from _seq to _sn, they operate on the sequence number, not
the sequence_control field.
Also move macros to convert the sequence control to/from
the sequence number value from various drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The comment says something about __skb_push(), but that
isn't even called in the code any more. Looking at the
git history, that comment never even made sense when it
was still called, so just replace that part to note it
still works even when align isn't 0 or 2.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The station change API isn't being checked properly before
drivers are called, and as a result it is difficult to see
what should be allowed and what not.
In order to comprehensively check the API parameters parse
everything first, and then have the driver call a function
(cfg80211_check_station_change()) with the additionally
information about the kind of station that is being changed;
this allows the function to make better decisions than the
old code could.
While at it, also add a few checks, particularly in mesh
and clarify the TDLS station lifetime in documentation.
To be able to reduce a few checks, ignore any flag set bits
when the mask isn't set, they shouldn't be applied then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make the ability to leave the plink_state unchanged not use a
magic -1 variable that isn't in the enum, but an explicit change
flag; reject invalid plink states or actions and move the needed
constants for plink actions to the right header file. Also
reject plink_state changes for non-mesh interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"A moderately sized pile of fixes, some specifically for merge window
introduced regressions although others are for longer standing items
and have been queued up for -stable.
I'm kind of tired of all the RDS protocol bugs over the years, to be
honest, it's way out of proportion to the number of people who
actually use it.
1) Fix missing range initialization in netfilter IPSET, from Jozsef
Kadlecsik.
2) ieee80211_local->tim_lock needs to use BH disabling, from Johannes
Berg.
3) Fix DMA syncing in SFC driver, from Ben Hutchings.
4) Fix regression in BOND device MAC address setting, from Jiri
Pirko.
5) Missing usb_free_urb in ISDN Hisax driver, from Marina Makienko.
6) Fix UDP checksumming in bnx2x driver for 57710 and 57711 chips,
fix from Dmitry Kravkov.
7) Missing cfgspace_lock initialization in BCMA driver.
8) Validate parameter size for SCTP assoc stats getsockopt(), from
Guenter Roeck.
9) Fix SCTP association hangs, from Lee A Roberts.
10) Fix jumbo frame handling in r8169, from Francois Romieu.
11) Fix phy_device memory leak, from Petr Malat.
12) Omit trailing FCS from frames received in BGMAC driver, from Hauke
Mehrtens.
13) Missing socket refcount release in L2TP, from Guillaume Nault.
14) sctp_endpoint_init should respect passed in gfp_t, rather than use
GFP_KERNEL unconditionally. From Dan Carpenter.
15) Add AISX AX88179 USB driver, from Freddy Xin.
16) Remove MAINTAINERS entries for drivers deleted during the merge
window, from Cesar Eduardo Barros.
17) RDS protocol can try to allocate huge amounts of memory, check
that the user's request length makes sense, from Cong Wang.
18) SCTP should use the provided KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE instead of it's own,
bogus, definition. From Cong Wang.
19) Fix deadlocks in FEC driver by moving TX reclaim into NAPI poll,
from Frank Li. Also, fix a build error introduced in the merge
window.
20) Fix bogus purging of default routes in ipv6, from Lorenzo Colitti.
21) Don't double count RTT measurements when we leave the TCP receive
fast path, from Neal Cardwell."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (61 commits)
tcp: fix double-counted receiver RTT when leaving receiver fast path
CAIF: fix sparse warning for caif_usb
rds: simplify a warning message
net: fec: fix build error in no MXC platform
net: ipv6: Don't purge default router if accept_ra=2
net: fec: put tx to napi poll function to fix dead lock
sctp: use KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE instead of its own MAX_KMALLOC_SIZE
rds: limit the size allocated by rds_message_alloc()
MAINTAINERS: remove eexpress
MAINTAINERS: remove drivers/net/wan/cycx*
MAINTAINERS: remove 3c505
caif_dev: fix sparse warnings for caif_flow_cb
ax88179_178a: ASIX AX88179_178A USB 3.0/2.0 to gigabit ethernet adapter driver
sctp: use the passed in gfp flags instead GFP_KERNEL
ipv[4|6]: correct dropwatch false positive in local_deliver_finish
l2tp: Restore socket refcount when sendmsg succeeds
net/phy: micrel: Disable asymmetric pause for KSZ9021
bgmac: omit the fcs
phy: Fix phy_device_free memory leak
bnx2x: Fix KR2 work-around condition
...
When setting a monitor interface up or down, the idle state needs to be
recalculated, otherwise the hardware will just stay in its previous idle
state.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The VHT MCSes we advertise to the AP were supposed to
be restricted to the AP, but due to a bug in the logic
mac80211 will advertise rates to the AP that aren't
even supported by the local device. To fix this skip
any adjustment if the NSS isn't supported at all.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introduced with de74a1d903
"mac80211: fix WPA with VLAN on AP side with ps-sta".
Apparently overwrites the sdata pointer with non-valid data in
the case of mesh.
Fix this by checking for IFTYPE_AP_VLAN.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
After Felix's patch it was still broken in case you
used more than just a single monitor interface. Fix
it better now.
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Tested-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
I'm not sure why, but the hlist for each entry iterators were conceived
list_for_each_entry(pos, head, member)
The hlist ones were greedy and wanted an extra parameter:
hlist_for_each_entry(tpos, pos, head, member)
Why did they need an extra pos parameter? I'm not quite sure. Not only
they don't really need it, it also prevents the iterator from looking
exactly like the list iterator, which is unfortunate.
Besides the semantic patch, there was some manual work required:
- Fix up the actual hlist iterators in linux/list.h
- Fix up the declaration of other iterators based on the hlist ones.
- A very small amount of places were using the 'node' parameter, this
was modified to use 'obj->member' instead.
- Coccinelle didn't handle the hlist_for_each_entry_safe iterator
properly, so those had to be fixed up manually.
The semantic patch which is mostly the work of Peter Senna Tschudin is here:
@@
iterator name hlist_for_each_entry, hlist_for_each_entry_continue, hlist_for_each_entry_from, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh, for_each_busy_worker, ax25_uid_for_each, ax25_for_each, inet_bind_bucket_for_each, sctp_for_each_hentry, sk_for_each, sk_for_each_rcu, sk_for_each_from, sk_for_each_safe, sk_for_each_bound, hlist_for_each_entry_safe, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu, nr_neigh_for_each, nr_neigh_for_each_safe, nr_node_for_each, nr_node_for_each_safe, for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp, for_each_gfn_sp, for_each_host;
type T;
expression a,c,d,e;
identifier b;
statement S;
@@
-T b;
<+... when != b
(
hlist_for_each_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_from(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_busy_worker(a, c,
- b,
d) S
|
ax25_uid_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
ax25_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
inet_bind_bucket_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sctp_for_each_hentry(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_from
-(a, b)
+(a)
S
+ sk_for_each_from(a) S
|
sk_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
sk_for_each_bound(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_safe(a,
- b,
c, d, e) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
nr_node_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_node_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d) S
|
for_each_host(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_host_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
for_each_mesh_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
)
...+>
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus change from net/ipv4/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus hunk from net/ipv6/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix warnings]
[akpm@linux-foudnation.org: redo intrusive kvm changes]
Tested-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Cc: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Convert to the much saner new idr interface.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Some mlme work structs are not cancelled on disassociation
nor interface deletion, which leads to them running after
the memory has been freed
There is not a clean way to cancel these in the disassociation
logic because they must be canceled outside of the ifmgd->mtx
lock, so just cancel them in mgd_stop logic that tears down
the station.
This fixes the crashes we see in 3.7.9+. The crash stack
trace itself isn't so helpful, but this warning gives
more useful info:
WARNING: at /home/greearb/git/linux-3.7.dev.y/lib/debugobjects.c:261 debug_print_object+0x7c/0x8d()
ODEBUG: free active (active state 0) object type: work_struct hint: ieee80211_sta_monitor_work+0x0/0x14 [mac80211]
Modules linked in: [...]
Pid: 14743, comm: iw Tainted: G C O 3.7.9+ #11
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81087ef8>] warn_slowpath_common+0x80/0x98
[<ffffffff81087fa4>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x41/0x43
[<ffffffff812a2608>] debug_print_object+0x7c/0x8d
[<ffffffff812a2bca>] debug_check_no_obj_freed+0x95/0x1c3
[<ffffffff8114cc69>] slab_free_hook+0x70/0x79
[<ffffffff8114ea3e>] kfree+0x62/0xb7
[<ffffffff8149f465>] netdev_release+0x39/0x3e
[<ffffffff8136ad67>] device_release+0x52/0x8a
[<ffffffff812937db>] kobject_release+0x121/0x158
[<ffffffff81293612>] kobject_put+0x4c/0x50
[<ffffffff8148f0d7>] netdev_run_todo+0x25c/0x27e
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Re-order the quiesce code so that timers are always
stopped before work-items are flushed. This was not
the problem I saw, but I think it may still be more
correct.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When not using channel contexts with only monitor mode interfaces being
active, report local->monitor_chandef to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver does not want a monitor mode VIF, no channel context is
allocated for it. This causes ieee80211_recalc_idle to put the hardware
into idle mode if only a monitor mode is active, breaking injection.
Fix this by checking local->monitors in addition to active channel
contexts.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 6c17b77b67 (mac80211: Fix tx queue
handling during scans) contains a bug that causes off-channel frames to
get queued when they should be handed down to the driver for transmit.
Prevent this from happening.
Reported-by: Fabio Rossi <rossi.f@inwind.it>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Unicast frame with unknown forwarding information always trigger
the path discovery assuming destination is always located inside the
MBSS. This patch allows the forwarding to look for mesh gate if path
discovery inside the MBSS has failed.
Reported-by: Cedric Voncken <cedric.voncken@acksys.fr>
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ieee80211_beacon_add_tim() function might be called
by drivers with BHs enabled, which causes a potential
deadlock if TX happens at the same time and attempts to
lock the tim_lock as well. Use spin_lock_bh to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Here is the big driver core merge for 3.9-rc1
There are two major series here, both of which touch lots of drivers all
over the kernel, and will cause you some merge conflicts:
- add a new function called devm_ioremap_resource() to properly be
able to check return values.
- remove CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
If you need me to provide a merged tree to handle these resolutions,
please let me know.
Other than those patches, there's not much here, some minor fixes and
updates.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.19 (GNU/Linux)
iEYEABECAAYFAlEmV0cACgkQMUfUDdst+yncCQCfbmnQZju7kzWXk6PjdFuKspT9
weAAoMCzcAtEzzc4LXuUxxG/sXBVBCjW
=yWAQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'driver-core-3.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull driver core patches from Greg Kroah-Hartman:
"Here is the big driver core merge for 3.9-rc1
There are two major series here, both of which touch lots of drivers
all over the kernel, and will cause you some merge conflicts:
- add a new function called devm_ioremap_resource() to properly be
able to check return values.
- remove CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
Other than those patches, there's not much here, some minor fixes and
updates"
Fix up trivial conflicts
* tag 'driver-core-3.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (221 commits)
base: memory: fix soft/hard_offline_page permissions
drivercore: Fix ordering between deferred_probe and exiting initcalls
backlight: fix class_find_device() arguments
TTY: mark tty_get_device call with the proper const values
driver-core: constify data for class_find_device()
firmware: Ignore abort check when no user-helper is used
firmware: Reduce ifdef CONFIG_FW_LOADER_USER_HELPER
firmware: Make user-mode helper optional
firmware: Refactoring for splitting user-mode helper code
Driver core: treat unregistered bus_types as having no devices
watchdog: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
thermal: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
spi: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
power: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
mtd: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
mmc: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
mfd: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
media: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
iommu: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
drm: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
...
If mesh plink debugging is enabled, this gets annoying in
a crowded environment, fast.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Convert mesh peering events into strings and make the
debug output a little easier to read. Also stop printing
the llid and plid since these don't change across peering
states and are random numbers anyway so they just amount
to noise.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() will clean up the
ht_supported flag and station bandwidth field for us
if the peer beacon doesn't have an HT capability element
(is operating as non-HT).
Also, we don't really need a special station ch_width
member to track the station operating mode any more so use
sta.bandwidth instead.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If an interface is set down while authenticating or
associating, there's a station entry that will be
removed by the flushing in do_stop() and that will
cause a warning. It's otherwise harmless, but avoid
the warning by calling ieee80211_mgd_stop() first.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Several tracepoints are using STA_PR_FMT where STA_PR_ARG should be
used, resulting in messages like "phy0 sta:ARG TYPE NOT FIELD BUT 1".
Change these to STA_PR_ARG.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since mesh powersaving was added, pending bcast/mcast frames may go out the
CAB queue now. Unfortunately, the queue was only set up for AP mode, so we
would try to tx on the IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE. Allow cab_queue for mesh
interfaces as well.
Fixes the following warning (or crash without MAC80211_VERBOSE_DEBUG):
WARNING: at net/mac80211/tx.c:1223 __ieee80211_tx+0x162/0x35f [mac80211]()
Modules linked in: mac80211_hwsim mac80211 cfg80211 [...]
Pid: 3085, comm: avahi-daemon Tainted: G W 3.8.0-rc1+ #377
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81045c20>] warn_slowpath_common+0x83/0x9c
[<ffffffff81045c53>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x1c
[<ffffffffa083aef0>] __ieee80211_tx+0x162/0x35f [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa083cb1d>] ieee80211_tx+0xd3/0xf9 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa083cc0f>] ieee80211_xmit+0xcc/0xd5 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa083db59>] ieee80211_subif_start_xmit+0xc53/0xcd8 [mac80211]
[<ffffffff81319acd>] dev_hard_start_xmit+0x259/0x3ce
[<ffffffff81333d6b>] sch_direct_xmit+0x74/0x17d
[<ffffffff8131a0b1>] dev_queue_xmit+0x230/0x414
[<ffffffff8134877a>] ip_finish_output2+0x348/0x3aa
[<ffffffff81349029>] ip_finish_output+0x6c/0x71
[<ffffffff81349046>] NF_HOOK_COND.constprop.44+0x18/0x58
[<ffffffff8134a03a>] ip_mc_output+0x134/0x13c
[<ffffffff8134835a>] dst_output+0x18/0x1c
[<ffffffff81349a24>] ip_local_out+0x20/0x24
[<ffffffff8134a8cf>] ip_send_skb+0x16/0x3c
[<ffffffff8136bfba>] udp_send_skb+0x254/0x2b9
[<ffffffff8136c85e>] udp_sendmsg+0x5a8/0x7d4
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's various code with strange indentation,
questionable loop and locking constructs, etc.
The bigger change is moving the "sdata" argument
to the first argument of all functions, like all
other mac80211 functions that have one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Even when connecting to an AP that doesn't support VHT,
and even when the local device doesn't support it either,
the downgrade message gets printed. Suppress the message
if HT and/or VHT is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Adding the flag to mac80211 already without testing was
clearly a mistake, one that we now pay for by having to
reserve bit 13 forever. The problem is cfg80211 doesn't
allow capability/rate changes for station entries that
were added unassociated, so the station entries cannot
be set up properly when marked associated.
Change the NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE value
to make it clear to userspace implementations that all
current kernels don't actually support it, even though
the previous bit is set, and of course also remove the
flag from mac80211 until we test and fix the issues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The information of the peer's capabilities is required for the driver
to perform TDLS Peer UAPSD operations. This information of the peer is
passed by the supplicant using NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command. This
commit enhances the function nl80211_set_station to pass this
information of the peer to the driver in case this command is used
with the TDLS peer STA.
In addition, make the HT/VHT capability configuration handled more
consistently for other STA cases (reject both instead of just HT).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use the new extended capabilities advertising to advertise
the fact that operating mode notification is supported.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of modifying the HT SMPS capability field
for stations, track the SMPS mode explicitly in a
new field in the station struct and use it in the
drivers that care about it. This simplifies the
code using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Mesh interfaces will now respond to any broadcast (or
matching directed mesh) probe requests with a probe
response.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, the entire mesh beacon would be generated each
time the beacon timer fired. Instead generate a beacon
head and tail (so the TIM can easily be inserted when mesh
power save is on) when starting a mesh or the MBSS
parameters change.
Also add a mutex for protecting beacon updates and
preventing leaks.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A while ago, I made the mac80211 station code never change
the channel type after association. This solved a number of
issues but is ultimately wrong, we should react if the AP
changes the HT operation IE and switches bandwidth. One of
the issues is that we associate as HT40 capable, but if the
AP ever switches to 40 MHz we won't be able to receive such
frames because we never set our channel to 40 MHz.
This addresses this and VHT operation changes. If there's a
change that is incompatible with our setup, e.g. if the AP
decides to change the channel entirely (and for some reason
we still hear the beacon) we'll just disconnect.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For HT and VHT the current bandwidth can change,
add the function ieee80211_vif_change_bandwidth()
to take care of this. It returns a failure if the
new bandwidth isn't compatible with the existing
channel context, the caller has to handle that.
When it happens, also inform the driver that the
bandwidth changed for this virtual interface (no
drivers would actually care today though.)
Changing to/from HT/VHT isn't allowed though.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel use is confusing, some uses the channel
context and some the bss_conf.chandef. The latter is
fine, so get rid of the channel context part.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Having HT/VHT operation IEs but not capability IEs
leads to a strange situation where we configure the
channel to an HT or VHT bandwidth and then can't
actually use it. Prevent this by checking that the
HT and VHT capability IEs are present as well as
the operation IEs; if not, disable HT and/or VHT.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In beacons and association response frames an AP may include an
operating mode notification element to advertise changes in the
number of spatial streams it can receive. Handle this using the
existing function that handles the action frame, but only handle
NSS changes, not bandwidth changes which aren't allowed here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This should be called ieee80211_change_chanctx() since
it changes the channel context, not a chandef.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code to disable HT and VHT if VHT was advertised
without VHT is wrong -- it accidentally uses the wrong
flags. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of connection, the station data is initialised from
the beacon/probe response first and then updated from the
association response. If the latter is different we update
the rate control algorithm and driver. Instead of doing it
this way, set the station data properly with data from the
association response before initializing rate control.
Also simplify the code by passing the station pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Handle the operating mode notification action frame.
When the supported streams or the bandwidth change
let the driver and rate control algorithm know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With VHT, a station can change the number of spatial
streams it can receive on the fly, not unlike spatial
multiplexing in HT. Prepare for that by tracking the
maximum number of spatial streams it can receive when
the connection is established.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For VHT, many more bandwidth changes are possible. As a first
step, stop toggling the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 flag
in the HT capabilities and instead introduce a bandwidth field
indicating the currently usable bandwidth to transmit to the
station. Of course, make all drivers use it.
To achieve this, make ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() get
the station as an argument, rather than the new capabilities,
so it can set up the new bandwidth field.
If the station is a VHT station and VHT bandwidth is in use,
also set the bandwidth accordingly.
Doing this allows us to get rid of the supports_40mhz flag as
the HT capabilities now reflect the true capability instead of
the current setting.
While at it, also fix ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() to not
ignore HT cap overrides when MCS TX isn't supported (not that it
really happens...)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Like with HT, make things a bit simpler in future patches by
passing the station to ieee80211_vht_cap_ie_to_sta_vht_cap()
instead of the vht_cap pointer. Also disable VHT here if HT
isn't supported.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since no driver calls the TKIP functions from interrupt
context, there's no need to use spin_lock_irqsave().
Just use spin_lock_bh() (and spin_lock() in the TX path
where we're in a BH or they're already disabled.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to use _irqsave() as the lock
is never used in interrupt context.
This also fixes a problem in the iwlwifi MVM
driver that calls spin_unlock_bh() within its
set_tim() callback.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no use for it, WPA is entirely handled in
wpa_supplicant in userspace, so don't pick the IE.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases when disconnecting after (or during?) CSA
the queues might not recover, and then the only way to
recover is reloading the module.
Fix this by always unblocking the queue CSA reason when
disconnecting.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jan-Michael Brummer <jan.brummer@tabos.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the idle decision rework, mac80211 started calling
bss_info_changed() for the driver's monitor interface,
which causes a crash for iwlwifi, but drivers generally
don't expect this to happen. Therefore, avoid it.
While at it, also prevent calling it in such cases and
only print a warning. For the P2P Device interface the
idle will no longer be called (no channel context), so
also prevent that and warn on it.
Reported-by: Chaitanya <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In my commit 1672c0e319
("mac80211: start auth/assoc timeout on frame status")
I broke auth/assoc timeout handling: in case we wait
for the TX status, it now leaves the timeout field set
to 0, which is a valid time and can compare as being
before now ("jiffies"). Thus, if the work struct runs
for some other reason, the auth/assoc is treated as
having timed out.
Fix this by introducing a separate "timeout_started"
variable that tracks whether the timeout has started
and is checked before timing out.
Additionally, for proper TX status handling the change
requires that the skb->dev pointer is set up for all
the frames, so set it up for all frames in mac80211.
Reported-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
Tested-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Function ieee80211_sta_reset_conn_monitor has been
resetting probe_send_count too early and nullfunc
check was never called after succesfull ack.
Reported-by: Magnus Cederlöf <mcider@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Magnus Cederlöf <mcider@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A few mesh utility functions will call
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify(), and then the caller
might notify the driver of the same change again. Avoid
this redundancy by propagating the BSS changes and
generally calling bss_info_change_notify() once per
change.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When sending a broadcast while at least on of the connected stations is
sleeping, it gets queued and send after a DTIM beacon is sent.
If the packet was to be sent on a vlan interface, the vif used for dequeing
from the per-bss queue does not hold the per-vlan sdata. The correct sdata is
required to use the correct per-vlan broadcast/multicast key.
This patch fixes this by restoring the per-vlan sdata using the skb->dev entry.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the vlan device is removed, ps->bc_buf processing can no longer
send its frames.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW.
Once radar detection is started it should continuously
monitor for radars as long as the channel active.
If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar
detected' event.
Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled
while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa.
Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When MCS rates start to get bad in 2.4 GHz because of long range or
strong interference, CCK rates can be a lot more robust.
This patch adds a pseudo MCS group containing CCK rates (long preamble
in the lower 4 slots, short preamble in the upper slots).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[make minstrel_ht_get_stats static]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Bail out if no update is made to the SMPS state. This
allows the driver to avoid duplicating the state.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We've got a couple of races when enabling powersave with an AP for
off-channel operation. The first is fairly simple. If we go off-channel
before the nullfunc frame to enable PS is transmitted then it may not be
received by the AP. Add a flush after enabling off-channel PS to prevent
this from happening.
The second race is a bit more subtle. If the driver supports QoS and has
frames queued when the nullfunc frame is queued, those frames may get
transmitted after the nullfunc frame. If PM is not set then the AP is
being told that we've exited PS before we go off-channel and may try to
deliver frames. To prevent this, add a flush after stopping the queues
but before passing the nullfunc frame to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Scans currently work by stopping the netdev tx queues but leaving the
mac80211 queues active. This stops the flow of incoming packets while
still allowing mac80211 to transmit nullfunc and probe request frames to
facilitate scanning. However, the driver may try to wake the mac80211
queues while in this state, which will also wake the netdev queues.
To prevent this, add a new queue stop reason,
IEEE80211_QUEUE_STOP_REASON_OFFCHANNEL, to be used when stopping the tx
queues for off-channel operation. This prevents the netdev queues from
waking when a driver wakes the mac80211 queues.
This also stops all frames from being transmitted, even those meant to
be sent off-channel. Add a new tx control flag,
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK, which allows frames to be transmitted
when the queues are stopped only for the off-channel stop reason. Update
all locations transmitting off-channel frames to use this flag.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's more of an unnecessary micro-optimization and it prevents switching
from long-GI to short-GI in HT20/single-stream for the lowest rate
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we get to association, the AP station already exists and
is marked authenticated, so moving it into IEEE80211_STA_AUTH
again is a NOP, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Now that we have channel contexts, idle is (pretty
much) equivalent to not having a channel context.
Change the code to use this relation so that there
no longer is a need for a lot of idle recalculate
calls everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are only a few drivers that use HW scan, and
all of those don't need a non-idle transition before
starting the scan -- some don't even care about idle
at all. Remove the flag and code associated with it.
The only driver that really actually needed this is
wl1251 and it can just do it itself in the hw_scan
callback -- implement that.
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The functions were added for some sort of Bluetooth
coexistence, but aren't used, so remove them again.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to be able to predict the next DTIM TBTT
in the driver, add the ability to use timing data
from beacons only with the new hardware flag
IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY and the BSS info
value sync_dtim_count which is only valid if the
timing data came from a beacon. The data can only
come from a beacon, and if no beacon was received
before association it is updated later together
with the DTIM count notification.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While technically the TSF isn't an IE, it can be
necessary to distinguish between the TSF from a
beacon and a probe response, in particular in
order to know the next DTIM TBTT, as not all APs
are spec compliant wrt. TSF==0 being a DTIM TBTT
and thus the DTIM count needs to be taken into
account as well.
To allow this, move the TSF into the IE struct
so it can be known whence it came.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add debugfs driver callbacks so drivers can add
debugfs entries for interfaces. Note that they
_must_ remove the entries again as add/remove in
the driver doesn't correspond to add/remove in
debugfs; the former is up/down while the latter
is netdev create/destroy.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the code assigns channel contexts to VLANs
(for use by the TX/RX code) when the AP master gets
its channel context assigned. This works fine, but
in the upcoming radar detection work the VLANs don't
require a channel context (during radar detection)
and assigning one to them anyway causes issues with
locking and also inconsistencies -- a VLAN interface
that is added before radar detection would get the
channel context, while one added during it wouldn't.
Fix these issues moving the channel context copying
to a new explicit operation that will not be used
in the radar detection code.
Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The chandef tracing writes center_freq1 twice, so
that it is always 0 (no driver supports 80+80 yet)
and leaves center_freq2 unset. Fix this mistake.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The messages currently refer to probe request probes,
but on some devices null data packets will be used
instead. Make the messages more generic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes the problem which was discussed in
"mac80211: Fix PN corruption in case of multiple
virtual interface" [1].
Amit Shakya reported a serious issue with my patch:
mac80211: serialize rx path workers" [2]:
In case, ieee80211_rx_handlers processing is going on
for skbs received on one vif and at the same time, rx
aggregation reorder timer expires on another vif then
sta_rx_agg_reorder_timer_expired is invoked and it will
push skbs into the single queue (local->rx_skb_queue).
ieee80211_rx_handlers in the while loop assumes that
the skbs are for the same sdata and sta. This assumption
doesn't hold good in this scenario and the PN gets
corrupted by PN received in other vif's skb, causing
traffic to stop due to PN mismatch."
[1] Message-Id: http://mid.gmane.org/201302041844.44436.chunkeey@googlemail.com
[2] Commit-Id: 24a8fdad35
Reported-by: Amit Shakya <amit.shakya@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There seems to be no reason, why it has to be limited to 2.4 GHz.
Signed-off-by: Emanuel Taube <emanuel.taube@gmail.com>
[remove 'local' variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch "mac80211: clean up mesh sta allocation warning"
moved some mesh initialization into a path which is only
called when the kernel handles peering. This causes a hang
when mac80211 tries to clean up a userspace-allocated
station entry and delete a timer which has never been
initialized.
To avoid this, only do any mesh sta peering teardown if
the kernel is actually handling it.
The same is true when quiescing before suspend.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix most kernel-doc warnings, for some reason it
seems to have issues with __aligned, don't remove
the documentation entries it considers to be in
excess due to that.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This prepares for using the spinlock instead of krefs
which is needed in the next patch to track the refs
of combined BSSes correctly.
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> [mwifiex]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When trying to connect to an AP that advertises HT but not
VHT, the mac80211 code erroneously uses the configuration
from the AP as is instead of checking it against regulatory
and local capabilities. This can lead to using an invalid
or even inexistent channel (like 11/HT40+).
Additionally, the return flags from downgrading must be
ORed together, to collect them from all of the downgrades.
Also clarify the message.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My commit f2d9d270c1
("mac80211: support VHT association") introduced a
very stupid bug: the loop to downgrade the channel
width never attempted to actually use it again so
it would downgrade all the way to 20_NOHT. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using 'sizeof' on array given as function argument returns
size of a pointer rather than the size of array.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Cong Ding <dinggnu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since mesh_plink_quiesce() would unconditionally delete
the plink timer, and the timer initialization was recently
moved into the mesh code path, suspending with a non-mesh
interface now causes a crash. Fix this by only deleting
the plink timer for mesh interfaces.
Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Tested-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add routines to
- maintain a PS mode for each peer and a non-peer PS mode
- indicate own PS mode in transmitted frames
- track neighbor STAs power modes
- buffer frames when neighbors are in PS mode
- add TIM and Awake Window IE to beacons
- release frames in Mesh Peer Service Periods
Add local_pm to sta_info to represent the link-specific power
mode at this station towards the remote station. When a peer
link is established, use the default power mode stored in mesh
config. Update the PS status if the peering status of a neighbor
changes.
Maintain a mesh power mode for non-peer mesh STAs. Set the
non-peer power mode to active mode during peering. Authenticated
mesh peering is currently not working when either node is
configured to be in power save mode.
Indicate the current power mode in transmitted frames. Use QoS
Nulls to indicate mesh power mode transitions.
For performance reasons, calls to the function setting the frame
flags are placed in HWMP routing routines, as there the STA
pointer is already available.
Add peer_pm to sta_info to represent the peer's link-specific
power mode towards the local station. Add nonpeer_pm to
represent the peer's power mode towards all non-peer stations.
Track power modes based on received frames.
Add the ps_data structure to ieee80211_if_mesh (for TIM map, PS
neighbor counter and group-addressed frame buffer).
Set WLAN_STA_PS flag for STA in PS mode to use the unicast frame
buffering routines in the tx path. Update num_sta_ps to buffer
and release group-addressed frames after DTIM beacons.
Announce the awake window duration in beacons if in light or
deep sleep mode towards any peer or non-peer. Create a TIM IE
similarly to AP mode and add it to mesh beacons. Parse received
Awake Window IEs and check TIM IEs for buffered frames.
Release frames towards peers in mesh Peer Service Periods. Use
the corresponding trigger frames and monitor the MPSP status.
Append a QoS Null as trigger frame if neccessary to properly end
the MPSP. Currently, in HT channels MPSPs behave imperfectly and
show large delay spikes and frame losses.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Bezyazychnyy <ivan.bezyazychnyy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Krinkin <krinkin.m.u@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver determined the connection was lost or that
it couldn't securely maintain the connection when coming
out of WoWLAN, send a deauth frame to the AP to also let
it know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we had a connection for WoWLAN and after resume it
needed to be disconnected, the previous commit enabled
sending a deauth frame to the AP. This frame would not
go through on MFP-enabled networks as the key for it is
marked tainted before the frame is transmitted.
Allow a tainted key to be used for deauth frames. Worst
case, we'll use a wrong key because the PTK was rekeyed
while suspended, but more likely the PTK is still fine
and the taint flag really only applies to the GTK(s).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ssid/ssid_len fields in the private BSS
struct are unused, contrary to the comment
we do look up the SSID in the few cases we
need it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With multi-channel, there's a corner case where a driver
doesn't receive a beacon soon enough to be able to sync
its timers with the AP. In this case, the only recovery
(after trying again) is to disconnect from the AP. Allow
calling ieee80211_connection_loss() for such cases. To
make that possible, modify the work function to not rely
on the IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR flag but use new
state kept in the interface instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver determines the connection is lost,
send a deauth frame to the AP anyway just in case
it still considers the connection alive. The frame
might not go through, but at least we've tried.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Patch vastly improve latency while scanning. Slight throughput
improvements were observed as well. Is intended for improve performance
of voice and video applications, when scan is periodically requested by
user space (i.e. default NetworkManager behaviour).
Patch remove latency requirement based on PM_QOS_NETWORK_LATENCY,
this value is 2000 seconds by default (i.e. approximately 0.5 hour !?!).
Also remove listen interval requirement, which based on beaconing and
depending on BSS parameters. It can make we stay off-channel for a
second or more.
Instead try to offer the best latency that we could, i.e. be off-channel
no longer than PASSIVE channel scan time: 125 ms. That mean we will
scan two ACTIVE channels and go back to on-channel, and one PASSIVE
channel, and go back to on-channel.
Patch also decrease PASSIVE channel scan time to about 110 ms.
As drawback patch increase overall scan time. On my tests, when scanning
both 2GHz and 5GHz bands, scanning time increase from 5 seconds up to 10
seconds. Since that increase happen only when we are associated, I think
it can be acceptable. If eventually better scan time is needed for
situations when we lose signal and quickly need to decide to which AP
roam, additional scan flag or parameter can be introduced.
I tested patch by doing:
while true; do iw dev wlan0 scan; sleep 3; done > /dev/null
and
ping -i0.2 -c 1000 HOST
on remote and local machine, results are as below:
* Ping from local periodically scanning machine to AP:
Unpatched: rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.928/24.946/182.135/36.873 ms
Patched: rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.928/19.678/150.845/33.130 ms
* Ping from remote machine to periodically scanning machine:
Unpatched: rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 1.637/120.683/709.139/164.337 ms
Patched: rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 1.807/26.893/201.435/40.284 ms
Throughput measured by scp show following results.
* Upload to periodically scanning machine:
Unpatched: 3.9MB/s 03:15
Patched: 4.3MB/s 02:58
* Download from periodically scanning machine:
Unpatched: 5.5MB/s 02:17
Patched: 6.2MB/s 02:02
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When sending authentication/association frames they
might take a bit of time to go out because we may
have to synchronise with the AP, in particular in
the case where it's really a P2P GO. In this case
the 200ms fixed timeout could potentially be too
short if the beacon interval is relatively large.
For drivers that report TX status we can do better.
Instead of starting the timeout directly, start it
only when the frame status arrives. Since then the
frame was out on the air, we can wait shorter (the
typical response time is supposed to be 30ms, wait
100ms.) Also, if the frame failed to be transmitted
try again right away instead of waiting.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, when the driver requires the DTIM period,
mac80211 will wait to hear a beacon before association.
This behavior is suboptimal since some drivers may be
able to deal with knowing the DTIM period after the
association, if they get it at all.
To address this, notify the drivers with bss_info_changed
with the new BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD flag when the DTIM
becomes known. This might be when changing to associated,
or later when the entire association was done with only
probe response information.
Rename the hardware flag for the current behaviour to
IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC to more accurately
reflect its behaviour. IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD is
no longer accurate as all drivers get the DTIM period
now, just not before association.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When waking up from WoWLAN, it is useful to know
what triggered the wakeup. Support reporting the
wakeup reason(s) in cfg80211 (and a pass-through
in mac80211) to allow userspace to know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The standard mandates mesh STAs to set the ERP Short Slot
Time capability info bit in beacons to 0. Even though this
is their way of disallowing short slot time for mesh STAs,
there should be no harm in enabling it if we determine all
STAs in the current MBSS support ERP rates.
Increases throughput about 20% for legacy rates when
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is basically a revert of:
commit 5b632fe85e
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Mon Dec 3 12:56:33 2012 +0100
mac80211: introduce IEEE80211_HW_TEARDOWN_AGGR_ON_BAR_FAIL
We do not need this flag any longer, rt2x00 BAR/BA problem was fixed
correctly by wireless-testing commit:
commit 84e9e8ebd3
Author: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Date: Thu Jan 17 17:34:32 2013 +0100
rt2x00: Improve TX status handling for BlockAckReq frames
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Before "mac80211: clean up mesh sta allocation warning"
was applied, mesh_sta_info_get() was reshuffled to please
sparse. As a result we neglect to initialize newly created
STAs. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
gcc cannot prove that the value of sdata->vif.type does not
change between the switch() statement and the second
comparison to NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, causing a harmless
warning.
Slightly reordering the code makes the warning go away
with no functional change.
Without this patch, building ARM at91sam9g45_defconfig with
gcc-4.6 results in:
net/mac80211/tx.c: In function 'ieee80211_subif_start_xmit':
net/mac80211/tx.c:1797:22: warning: 'chanctx_conf' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wuninitialized]
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to have two checks for "associated"
in ieee80211_sta_restart(), make the first one locked
to not race (unlikely at this point during resume)
and remove the second check.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
An existing mesh station entry may change its rate
capabilities, so call rate_control_rate_update() to notify
the rate control.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[fix compilation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This refactoring fixes a "scheduling while atomic" warning
when allocating a mesh station entry while holding the RCU
read lock. Fix this by creating a new function
mesh_sta_info_get(), which correctly handles the locking
and returns under RCU.
Also move some unnecessarily #ifdefed mesh station init
code from sta_info_alloc() to __mesh_sta_info_alloc().
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[change code flow to make sparse happy]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For drivers that don't actually flush their queues when
aggregation stop with the IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH
or IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT reasons is done,
like iwlwifi or iwlegacy, mac80211 can then transmit on
a TID that the driver still considers busy. This happens
in the following way:
- IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH requested
- driver marks TID as emptying
- mac80211 removes tid_tx data, this can copy packets
to the TX pending queues and also let new packets
through to the driver
- driver gets unexpected TX as it wasn't completely
converted to the new API
In iwlwifi, this lead to the following warning:
WARNING: at drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/dvm/tx.c:442 iwlagn_tx_skb+0xc47/0xce0
Tx while agg.state = 4
Modules linked in: [...]
Pid: 0, comm: kworker/0:0 Tainted: G W 3.1.0 #1
Call Trace:
[<c1046e42>] warn_slowpath_common+0x72/0xa0
[<c1046f13>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x33/0x40
[<fddffa17>] iwlagn_tx_skb+0xc47/0xce0 [iwldvm]
[<fddfcaa3>] iwlagn_mac_tx+0x23/0x40 [iwldvm]
[<fd8c98b6>] __ieee80211_tx+0xf6/0x3c0 [mac80211]
[<fd8cbe00>] ieee80211_tx+0xd0/0x100 [mac80211]
[<fd8cc176>] ieee80211_xmit+0x96/0xe0 [mac80211]
[<fd8cc578>] ieee80211_subif_start_xmit+0x348/0xc80 [mac80211]
[<c1445207>] dev_hard_start_xmit+0x337/0x6d0
[<c145eee9>] sch_direct_xmit+0xa9/0x210
[<c14462c0>] dev_queue_xmit+0x1b0/0x8e0
Fortunately, solving this problem is easy as the station
is being destroyed, so such transmit packets can only
happen due to races. Instead of trying to close the race
just let the race not reach the drivers by making two
changes:
1) remove the explicit aggregation session teardown in
the managed mode code, the same thing will be done
when the station is removed, in __sta_info_destroy.
2) When aggregation stop with AGG_STOP_DESTROY_STA is
requested, leave the tid_tx data around as stopped.
It will be cleared and freed in cleanup_single_sta
later, but until then any racy packets will be put
onto the tid_tx pending queue instead of transmitted
which is fine since the station is being removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since drivers can support several BSS / P2P Client
interfaces, the rssi callback needs to inform the driver
about the interface teh rssi event relates to.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To be able to implement NS response offloading (in
regular operation or while in WoWLAN) drivers need
to know the IPv6 addresses assigned to interfaces.
Implement an IPv6 notifier in mac80211 to call the
driver when addresses change.
Unlike for IPv4, implement it as a callback rather
than as a list in the BSS configuration, that is
more flexible.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A lot of the aggregation messages don't indicate the
station so they're hard to understand if there are
multiple sessions in progress. Make that easier by
adding the MAC address to most messages. Also add
the TID if it wasn't already there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Depending on the driver, having ARP filtering for
some addresses may be possible. Remove the logic
that tracks whether ARP filter is enabled or not
and give the driver the total number of addresses
instead of the length of the list so it can make
its own decision.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are hardwares which support offload of data packets
for example when auto ARP is enabled the hw will send
the ARP response. In such cases if WEP encryption is
configured the hw must know the default WEP key in order
to encrypt the packets correctly.
When hw_accel is enabled and encryption type is set to WEP,
the driver should get the default key index from mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
[cleanups, fixes, documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is to fix up a build problem with a wireless driver due to the
dynamic-debug patches in this branch.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Some new APIs will require tracing a chandef without
it being part of a channel context, so separate out
the tracing macros for that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Mesh PERR action frames are robust and thus may be encrypted, so add
proper head/tailroom to allow this. Fixes this warning when operating
a Mesh STA on ath5k:
WARNING: at net/mac80211/wpa.c:427 ccmp_encrypt_skb.isra.5+0x7b/0x1a0 [mac80211]()
Call Trace:
[<c011c5e7>] warn_slowpath_common+0x63/0x78
[<c011c60b>] warn_slowpath_null+0xf/0x13
[<e090621d>] ccmp_encrypt_skb.isra.5+0x7b/0x1a0 [mac80211]
[<e090685c>] ieee80211_crypto_ccmp_encrypt+0x1f/0x37 [mac80211]
[<e0917113>] invoke_tx_handlers+0xcad/0x10bd [mac80211]
[<e0917665>] ieee80211_tx+0x87/0xb3 [mac80211]
[<e0918932>] ieee80211_tx_pending+0xcc/0x170 [mac80211]
[<c0121c43>] tasklet_action+0x3e/0x65
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A user reported warnings in ath5k due to transmitting frames with no
rates set up. The frames were Mesh PERR frames, and some debugging
showed an empty control block with just the vif pointer:
> [ 562.522682] XXX txinfo: 00000000: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
> 00 00 00 00 00 ................
> [ 562.522688] XXX txinfo: 00000010: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 54 b8 f2
> db 00 00 00 00 ........T.......
> [ 562.522693] XXX txinfo: 00000020: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
> 00 00 00 00 00 ................
Set the IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING flag to ensure that
rate control gets run before the frame is sent.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the default mesh beacon interval and DTIM period to cfg80211
and make them accessible to nl80211. This enables setting both
values when joining an MBSS.
Previously the DTIM parameter was not set by mac80211 so the
driver's default value was used.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This functions will be used for mesh beacons, too.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
[some formatting fixes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The established peer link count is indicated in mesh beacons and
used for other internal tasks. Previously it was not updated when
authenticated peering is performed in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow mesh interface to disable the power save which is by default
turn on in certain chipset. Testing with 2 units of ZCN-1523H-5-16
featuring AR9280 chipset which have power save enabled by default.
Constant reset if the average signal of the peer mesh STA is below
-80 dBm and power save is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver's resume function can't completely
restore the configuration in the device, it returns
1 from the callback which will be treated like a HW
restart request, but done directly.
In this case, also call the driver's restart_complete()
function so it can finish the reconfiguration there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My commit 529ba6e931
("mac80211: clean up association better in suspend")
introduced a bug when resuming from WoWLAN when a
device reset is desired. This case must not use the
suspend_bss_conf as it hasn't been stored.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel contexts are not always used with monitor interfaces. If no channel
context is set, use the oper channel, otherwise tx fails.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[check local->use_chanctx]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since:
commit b23b025fe2
Author: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Date: Fri Feb 4 11:54:17 2011 -0800
mac80211: Optimize scans on current operating channel.
we do not disable PS while going back to operational channel (on
ieee80211_scan_state_suspend) and deffer that until scan finish.
But since we are allowed to send frames, we can send a frame to AP
without PM bit set, so disable PS on AP side. Then when we switch
to off-channel (in ieee80211_scan_state_resume) we do not enable PS.
Hence we are off-channel with PS disabled, frames are not buffered
by AP.
To fix remove offchannel_ps_disable argument and always enable PS when
going off-channel and disable it when going on-channel, like it was
before.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 2.6.39+
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During FT roaming, wpa_supplicant attempts to set the
key before association. This used to be rejected, but
as a side effect of my commit 66e67e4189
("mac80211: redesign auth/assoc") the key was accepted
causing hardware crypto to not be used for it as the
station isn't added to the driver yet.
It would be possible to accept the key and then add it
to the driver when the station has been added. However,
this may run into issues with drivers using the state-
based station adding if they accept the key only after
association like it used to be.
For now, revert to the behaviour from before the auth
and assoc change.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Cédric Debarge <cedric.debarge@acksys.fr>
Tested-by: Cédric Debarge <cedric.debarge@acksys.fr>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL config item has not carried much meaning for a
while now and is almost always enabled by default. As agreed during the
Linux kernel summit, remove it from any "depends on" lines in Kconfigs.
CC: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the function names was wrong and some parameters were
missing.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The following changes are invalid and should be
disallowed when a station already exists:
* supported rates changes, except for TDLS peers
* listen interval changes
* HT capability changes
Disallow them and also update a mac80211 comment
explaining how they would be racy.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an interface is configured to a 20 MHz channel
and the device as well as the peer are 40 MHz capable
the HT capabilities of the peer are not restricted to
20 MHz, even though they're supposed to be restricted
to the currently possible capabilities.
Unset the 40 MHz HT capability bits in this case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support the HT notify channel width action frame
to update the rate scaling about the bandwidth
the peer can receive in.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When TX aggregation is stopped, there are a few
different cases:
- connection with the peer was dropped
- session stop was requested locally
- session stop was requested by the peer
- connection was dropped while a session is stopping
The behaviour in these cases should be different, if
the connection is dropped then the driver should drop
all frames, otherwise the frames may continue to be
transmitted, aggregated in the case of a locally
requested session stop or unaggregated in the case of
the peer requesting session stop.
Split these different cases so that the driver can
act accordingly; however, treat local and remote stop
the same way and ask the driver to not send frames as
aggregated packets any more.
In the case of connection drop, the stop callback the
driver is otherwise supposed to call is no longer
required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Create the function ieee80211_remove_tid_tx to call
it from ___ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The initiator/tx doesn't really identify why an
aggregation session is stopped, give a reason
for stopping that more clearly identifies what's
going on. This will help tell the driver clearly
what is expected of it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Today, stations are added already associated. That is
inefficient if, for example, the driver has no room
for stations any more because then the station will
go through the entire auth/assoc handshake, only to
be kicked out afterwards.
To address this a bit better, at least with drivers
using the new station state callback, allow hostapd
to add stations in unauthenticated mode, just after
receiving the AUTH frame, before even replying. Thus
if there's no more space at that point, it can send
a negative auth frame back. It still needs to handle
later state transition errors though, of course.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In interoperability testing some APs showed bad behaviour
if some of the VHT capabilities of the station are better
than their own. Restrict the assoc request parameters
- beamformee capabable,
- RX STBC and
- RX MCS set
to the subset that the AP can support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of checking every time bss_info_changed is called,
assign the pointer once depending on the interface type
and then leave it untouched until the interface type is
changed. This makes the ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify()
now a simple wrapper to call the driver only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The special case in the function isn't really needed,
instead make the suspend code a bit better and also
easier to understand and move the warning into the
driver op wrapper inline.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For AP/IBSS/mesh interfaces, call the driver to reconfigure
bss_info_changed only if the interface was beaconing before
suspend, otherwise we call the driver and it might interpret
the change as going from enabled to disabled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of calculating in ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify()
whether beaconing should be enabled or not, set it in the
correct places in the callers. This simplifies the logic in
this function at the expense of offchannel, but is also more
robust.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During suspend/resume channel contexts might be
iterated even if they haven't been re-added to
the driver, keep track of this and skip them in
iteration. Also use the new status for sanity
checks.
Also clarify the fact that during HW restart all
contexts are iterated over (thanks Eliad.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When suspending, bss_info_changed() is called to
disable beacons, but managed mode interfaces are
simply removed (bss_info_changed() is called with
"no change" only). This can lead to problems.
To fix this and copy the BSS configuration, clear
it during suspend and restore it on resume.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's a bit odd that there's a return value that only
depends on the iftype, move that logic out of the
function into the only caller that needs it.
Also, since the quiescing could stop timers that
trigger the sdata work, move the sdata work cancel
into the function and after the actual quiesce.
Finally, there's no need to call it on interfaces
that are down, so don't.
Change-Id: I1632d46d21ba3558ea713d035184f1939905f2f1
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The probe response/beacon management frame RX code passes a
bool parameter to differentiate beacons and probe responses.
This is useless since we have the frame and can thus use its
frame control field. Moreover it is buggy since there is one
call to ieee80211_rx_bss_info with a beacon frame that is
indicated as a probe response, which is also fixed by using
the frame control field, so do that.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If there are VLANs, stopping an AP is inefficient as it
calls rcu_barrier() once for each interface (the VLANs
and the AP itself). Optimise this by moving rcu_barrier()
out of the station cleanups and calling it only once for
all interfaces combined.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In a file that's only built when CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
is defined, having an #ifdef on the same is entirely
pointless, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The last fixes re-added the RCU synchronize penalty
on roaming to fix the races. Split up sta_info_flush()
now to get rid of that again, and let managed mode
(and only it) delay the actual destruction.
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an interface is brought down it must have been
disconnected (or similar) in all modes other than WDS,
so warn if any stations were removed in other modes.
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When all interfaces have been removed, there can't
be any stations left over, so there's no need to
flush again. Remove this, and all code associated
with it, which also simplifies the function.
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use short slot time in 5GHz for mesh. The performance is
increased from 16.4Mbps to 23.4Mbps for two directly
connected mesh STAs operating in legacy rate using iperf
measurement. Almost similar to the results claimed in IBSS
mode.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[call ieee80211_get_sdata_band() only once]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows user-space (wpa_supplicant) to disable
short guard interval (SGI) for 20Mhz. The SGI-40
disable option is already handled.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The maximum MTU shouldn't take the headers into account,
the maximum MSDU size is exactly the maximum MTU.
Signed-off-by: T Krishna Chaitanya <chaitanyatk@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When AP's SSID is hidden the BSS can appear several times in
cfg80211's BSS list: once with a zero-length SSID that comes
from the beacon, and once for each SSID from probe reponses.
Since the mac80211 stores its data in ieee80211_bss which
is embedded into cfg80211_bss, mac80211's data will be
duplicated too.
This becomes a problem when a driver needs the dtim_period
since this data exists only in the beacon's instance in
cfg80211 bss table which isn't the instance that is used
when associating.
Remove the DTIM period from the BSS table and track it
explicitly to avoid this problem.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Tested-by: Efi Tubul <efi.tubul@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is a very old bug, but there's nothing that prevents the
timer from running while the module is being removed when we
only do del_timer() instead of del_timer_sync().
The timer should normally not be running at this point, but
it's not clearly impossible (or we could just remove this.)
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Unfortunately, commit b22cfcfcae, intended to speed up roaming
by avoiding the synchronize_rcu() broke AP/mesh modes as it moved
some code into that work item that will still call into the driver
at a time where it's no longer expected to handle this: after the
AP or mesh has been stopped.
To fix this problem remove the per-station work struct, maintain a
station cleanup list instead and flush this list when stations are
flushed. To keep this patch smaller for stable, do this when the
stations are flushed (sta_info_flush()). This unfortunately brings
back the original roaming delay; I'll fix that again in a separate
patch.
Also, Ben reported that the original commit could sometimes (with
many interfaces) cause long delays when an interface is set down,
due to blocking on flush_workqueue(). Since we now maintain the
cleanup list, this particular change of the original patch can be
reverted.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.7]
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The array of rmc_entrys is redundant since only the
list_head is used. Make this an array of list_heads
instead and save ~6k per vif at runtime :D
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make AP_VLAN type interfaces track the AP master channel
context so they have one assigned for the various lookups.
Don't give them their own refcount etc. since they're just
slaves to the AP master.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[change to flush stations with AP flush in second loop]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Do not scan on no-IBSS and disabled channels in IBSS mode. Doing this
can trigger Microcode errors on iwlwifi and iwlegacy drivers.
Also rename ieee80211_request_internal_scan() function since it is only
used in IBSS mode and simplify calling it from ieee80211_sta_find_ibss().
This patch should address:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=883414https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=49411
Reported-by: Jesse Kahtava <jesse_kahtava@f-m.fm>
Reported-by: Mikko Rapeli <mikko.rapeli@iki.fi>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull trivial branch from Jiri Kosina:
"Usual stuff -- comment/printk typo fixes, documentation updates, dead
code elimination."
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (39 commits)
HOWTO: fix double words typo
x86 mtrr: fix comment typo in mtrr_bp_init
propagate name change to comments in kernel source
doc: Update the name of profiling based on sysfs
treewide: Fix typos in various drivers
treewide: Fix typos in various Kconfig
wireless: mwifiex: Fix typo in wireless/mwifiex driver
messages: i2o: Fix typo in messages/i2o
scripts/kernel-doc: check that non-void fcts describe their return value
Kernel-doc: Convention: Use a "Return" section to describe return values
radeon: Fix typo and copy/paste error in comments
doc: Remove unnecessary declarations from Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c
various: Fix spelling of "asynchronous" in comments.
Fix misspellings of "whether" in comments.
eisa: Fix spelling of "asynchronous".
various: Fix spelling of "registered" in comments.
doc: fix quite a few typos within Documentation
target: iscsi: fix comment typos in target/iscsi drivers
treewide: fix typo of "suport" in various comments and Kconfig
treewide: fix typo of "suppport" in various comments
...
This patch removes the redundant occurences of simple_strto<foo>
Signed-off-by: Abhijit Pawar <abhi.c.pawar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of updating stats before sending a packet,
update them after processing the packet's status.
This makes minstrel in line with minstrel_ht.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch replace the obsolete simple_strto<foo> with kstrto<foo>
Signed-off-by: Abhijit Pawar <abhi.c.pawar@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New drivers that might not support ampdu_action yet while in
development cause a lot of warnings, use WARN_ON_ONCE instead.
Signed-off-by: T Krushna Chaitanya <chaitanyatk@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It fixes a potential crash when receiving an LLCP HDLC frame acking a frame
that is not the last sent one. In that case we may dereference an already
freed pointer.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)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=tpAI
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-fixes-3.7-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-3.0
This is an NFC LLCP fix for 3.7 and contains only one patch.
It fixes a potential crash when receiving an LLCP HDLC frame acking a frame
that is not the last sent one. In that case we may dereference an already
freed pointer.
If the sdata work is pending while the interface is stopped,
we currently flush it. If it's not running this means waiting
for it to run, which could take a while if the workqueue is
backlogged. However, the work exits right away if it starts
to run while the interface is already stopping. There's no
point in waiting for that, so use cancel_work_sync() instead.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, mesh peering frames from a STA without a station
entry were being dropped.
Mesh Peering Open and other frames (WLAN_CATEGORY_SELF_PROTECTED)
are valid mesh peering frames even if received from a yet unknown
station; the STA entry will be created in mesh_peer_init later.
The problem didn't occur previously since both STAs receive each
other's beacons which created the STA entry. However, this causes
an unnecessary delay and beacons might not be received if either
node is in PS mode.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de>
[reword commit log a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The radiotap header length "needed_headroom" is only required if we're
sending the skb to a monitor interface. Hence, move the calculation a
bit later so the calculation can be skipped if no monitor interface is
present.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit f0425beda4 "mac80211: retry sending
failed BAR frames later instead of tearing down aggr" caused regression
on rt2x00 hardware (connection hangs). This regression was fixed by
commit be03d4a45c "rt2x00: Don't let
mac80211 send a BAR when an AMPDU subframe fails". But the latter
commit caused yet another problem reported in
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=42828#c22
After long discussion in this thread:
http://mid.gmane.org/20121018075615.GA18212@redhat.com
and testing various alternative solutions, which failed on one or other
setup, we have no other good fix for the issues like just revert both
mentioned earlier commits.
To do not affect other hardware which benefit from commit
f0425beda4, instead of reverting it,
introduce flag that when used will restore mac80211 behaviour before
the commit.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
[replaced link with mid.gmane.org that has message-id]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mic failure count provides the number of mic failures that
have happened on a given key (without a countermeasure being
started, since that would remove the key).
Signed-off-by: Saravana <saravanad@posedge.com>
[fix NULL pointer issues]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In 5GHz/802.11a, we are allowed to use short slot times. Doing this
may increases performance by 20% for legacy connections (54 MBit/s).
I can confirm this in my tests (27% more throughput using iperf), and
also have a small positive effect (5% more throughput) for HT rates,
tested on 1 stream.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If channel contexts are enabled, the CSA should not be processed
further. A return is missing here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a BSS struct is updated, the IEs are currently
overwritten or freed. This can lead to races if some
other CPU is accessing the BSS struct and using the
IEs concurrently.
Fix this by always allocating the IEs in a new struct
that holds the data and length and protecting access
to this new struct with RCU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of assuming 200 bytes are always enough for
all the IEs we add, give the length of the buffer
to the function and warn instead of overrunning.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This change allows userspace to register for probe request
frames on an IBSS interface. Userspace then has to handle
them and send replies.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the mesh sync code checks, whether peers indicate TBTT adjustment,
but it never sets the corresponding flag itself.
By setting ifmsh->tbtt_adjusting to true, it will set the corresponding field
in the mesh configuration IE of own beacons.
This indication will be set in the current beacon. The TBTT adjustment will be
performed afterwards, affecting the next beacon. Thus, the first beacon with
stable TBTT will not indicate adjustment anymore and peers will continue
tracking the new offset.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a debugfs file showing the rate at which
the last packet is received.
Signed-off-by: Saravana <saravanad@posedge.com>
[fix whitespace]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the logic to fill a struct rate_info with
a STA's last RX rate is accessible only in the cfg.c.
As the RX rate calculation might be needed elsewhere,
split this out into a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Saravana <saravanad@posedge.com>
[fix various whitespace issues, reword commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a debugfs file showing the current tx rate.
The information available in the rc_stats file
doesn't evidently provides us the current tx rate.
This patch adds the support for the same.
Signed-off-by: Saravana <saravanad@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a debugfs file showing the signal strength
of the ack frame that is received for the
currently sent tx packet
Signed-off-by: Saravana <saravanad@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This fixes some unintended resets of the rate control statistics
when minstrel_ht is used resulting in non-optimal throughput on mesh
links.
Tested-by: Emanuel Taube <emanuel.taube@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a driver registers an address mask we should ensure that no
interface gets an address assigned that isn't covered by the
registered address mask. This prevents invalid configurations
from reaching the device and causing problems.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
[change function flow to reduce indentation, fix locking]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Smatch complains that we could dereference skb later in the function.
It's probably unlikely, but we may as well return here and avoid it.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
[change summary]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the low-level driver wants to support P2P GO
powersave configuration, it must set the cfg80211
flags and mac80211 will pass the parameters to it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add some information that we have about VHT to radiotap.
This at least lets one see the MCS and NSS information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Determine the VHT channel from the AP's VHT operation IE
(if present) and configure the hardware to that channel
if it is supported. If channel contexts cause a channel
to not be usable, try a smaller bandwidth.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Felix Liao reported that when an interface is set DOWN
while another interface is executing a ROC, the warning
in ieee80211_start_next_roc() (about the first item on
the list having started already) triggers.
This is because ieee80211_roc_purge() calls it even if
it never actually changed the list of ROC items. To fix
this, simply remove the function call. If it is needed
then it will be done by the ieee80211_sw_roc_work()
function when the ROC item that is being removed while
active is cleaned up.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Felix Liao <Felix.Liao@watchguard.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To achieve this, limit the number of retries to
31 (instead of 255) and use the three bits that
are then free for VHT flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a
little bit) to the new channel definition struct.
This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is
currently restricted to channel contexts since there
are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As
I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the
channel context API, I won't convert the previous API
to VHT support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change nl80211 to support specifying a VHT (or HT)
using the control channel frequency (as before) and
new attributes for the channel width and first and
second center frequency. The old channel type is of
course still supported for HT.
Also change the cfg80211 channel definition struct
to support these by adding the relevant fields to
it (and removing the _type field.)
This also adds new helper functions:
- cfg80211_chandef_create to create a channel def
struct given the control channel and channel type,
- cfg80211_chandef_identical to check if two channel
definitions are identical
- cfg80211_chandef_compatible to check if the given
channel definitions are compatible, and return the
wider of the two
This isn't entirely complete, but that doesn't matter
until we have a driver using it. In particular, it's
missing
- regulatory checks on the usable bandwidth (if that
even makes sense)
- regulatory TX power (database can't deal with it)
- a proper channel compatibility calculation for the
new channel types
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of passing a channel pointer and channel type
to all functions and driver methods, pass a new channel
definition struct. Right now, this struct contains just
the control channel and channel type, but for VHT this
will change.
Also, add a small inline cfg80211_get_chandef_type() so
that drivers don't need to use the _type field of the
new structure all the time, which will change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As mwifiex (and mac80211 in the software case) are the
only drivers actually implementing remain-on-channel
with channel type, userspace can't be relying on it.
This is the case, as it's used only for P2P operations
right now.
Rather than adding a flag to tell userspace whether or
not it can actually rely on it, simplify all the code
by removing the ability to use different channel types.
Leave only the validation of the attribute, so that if
we extend it again later (with the needed capability
flag), it can't break userspace sending invalid data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If ieee80211_prep_channel() decides that HT should be
disabled (because the HT IEs from the AP were invalid)
it will set the IEEE80211_STA_DISABLE_HT to not send
HT capabilities to the AP when associating. If this
happens during authentication, the flag will be lost
and we send HT frames, even if the channel config was
set up for non-HT. This can lead to issues.
Fix this by always resetting the ifmgd flags to zero
when the channel context is released so that the flag
resetting in ieee80211_mgd_assoc() isn't necessary.
To make the code a bit easier move the call to release
the channel in ieee80211_set_disassoc() to the end of
the function together with the flag resetting (which
needs to be at the end to avoid timers setting flags.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use shortcut pointer instead where it is appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Return early if not a QoS Data frame.
Give proper documentation.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The debug message has to be printed also for an Auth message with
auth_sequence != 1. This helps understanding whether the two Auth
messages are exchanged correctly or not.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It does not make sense to keep a station alive if it is not authorised
at all. If IBSS/RSN is used it could also be the case that something
went wrong during the keys exchange and the stations ended up in a not
recoverable state.
By not updating last_rx we are giving the station a chance to be
deleted and to start the key exchange once again from scratch.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, mac80211 checks the DS params IE if present and
uses it for the (primary) BSS channel, instead of the one
that the frame was received on. This is particularly useful
in the 2.4 GHz band since a frame is often received on one
of the adjacent channels due to overlap.
Move this code to cfg80211 so other drivers also do this.
Additionally, on 5 GHz, in particular with some (possibly)
upcoming changes in 802.11ai and duplicate transmissions
when wider channels are used, something similar happens.
So if present, also use the (primary) channel information
contained in the HT operation IE.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the AP doesn't support HT, or more importantly if
it does but we have to disable it because its IEs are
broken, don't advertise HT support in our association
request. Otherwise, we configure our channel to be a
20 MHz non-HT channel but the AP might still think we
support HT, or even 40 MHz.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the 11n spec amendment was rolled into the
2012 version, "11n" no longer makes sense. Use
"HT" instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver doesn't support 40 MHz channels, then
mac80211 erroneously sets number of RX chains to one
although the number of chains is independent of the
support for 40 MHz channels.
Fix this by checking the 40 MHz support only for the
code that sets the 40 MHz channel not the complete
HT code block.
This also means the HT20 channel type will always be
set in the changed code block so there's no need to
set it in case we override the AP due to invalid IEs
in the probe response/beacon.
The indentation is a bit quirky, but I'm rewriting
this code for VHT support so this will change again
very soon.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The radiotap vendor area in the skb head must be skipped
and accounted for in a few functions until it is removed.
I missed this in my patch, so a few places use this data
as though it was the 802.11 header, fix these places.
Reported-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
Tested-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide drivers with hooks to create debugfs files when
a new station is added. This would help drivers to take
advantage of mac80211's station list infrastructure and not maintain
tedious station management code internally.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
[ifdef inline wrapper functions]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sujith reported warnings with suspend/resume due to
channel contexts. When I looked into it, I realised
that the code was completely broken as it unassigned
the channel contexts when suspending, which actually
means they are destroyed.
Eliad Peller then pointed out that we also need to
remove the channel contexts from the driver. When I
looked into this, I also noticed that the code isn't
handling the virtual monitor interface correctly (if
it exists.)
Fix this by calling just the driver methods (if they
are implemented) instead of using the channel context
management code. Also add reconfiguration for the
virtual monitor interface.
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers (e.g. wl12xx) might need to know the vif
to roc on (mainly in order to configure the
rx filters correctly).
Add the vif to the op params, and update the current
users (iwlwifi) to use the new api.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[fix hwsim]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases, in particular for experimentation, it
can be useful to be able to add vendor namespace data
to received frames in addition to the normal radiotap
data.
Allow doing this through mac80211 by adding fields to
the RX status descriptor that describe the data while
the data itself is prepended to the frame.
Also add some example code to hwsim, but don't enable
it because it doesn't use a proper OUI identifier.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introduce IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS in the generic 802.11
header file and use it in place of STA_TID_NUM and
NUM_RX_DATA_QUEUES which are both really the number
of TIDs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During testing our mac80211 driver a fatal error occurred which was
signalled to mac80211. Upon performing the reconfiguration of the
device a WARN_ON was triggered. This warning checked the return value
of drv_add_chanctx(). However, this returns -EOPNOTSUPP when the
driver does not provide the callback. As the callback is optional
better check it is defined before calling drv_add_chanctx().
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow drivers to indicate their mactime is at RX completion and adjust
for this in mac80211. Also rename the existing RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU to
RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START to clarify its intent. Based on similar code by
Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[fix docs, atheros drivers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The check whether the IBSS is active and can be removed should be
performed before deinitializing the fields used for the check/search.
Otherwise, the configured BSS will not be found and removed properly.
To make it more clear for the future, rename sdata->u.ibss to the
local pointer ifibss which is used within the checks.
This behaviour was introduced by
f3209bea11
("mac80211: fix IBSS teardown race")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Ignacy Gawedzki <i@lri.fr>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fixes more wifi status skb leaks, leading to hostapd/wpa_supplicant hangs.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since channel contexts are usually present before
stations can be added to an interface, reassign
before stations them in reconfiguration as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During hardware restart, all interfaces are iterated even
though they haven't been re-added to the driver, document
this behaviour. The same also happens during resume, which
is even more confusing since all of the interfaces were
previously removed from the driver. Make this optional so
drivers relying on the current behaviour can still use it,
but to let drivers that don't want this behaviour disable
it.
Also convert all API users, keeping the old semantics
except in hwsim, where the new normal ones are desired.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver requests a restart (reconfiguration) it
gets all the normal method calls, but can't really tell
why they're happening. Call a new restart_complete op
in the driver when the restart completes, so it could
keep its own state about the restart and clear it there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On resume or firmware recovery, mac80211 sends a null
data packet to see if the AP is still around and hasn't
disconnected us. However, it always does this even if
it wasn't even connected before, leading to a warning
in the new channel context code. Fix this by checking
that it's associated.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Clearly the tracepoint drv_offchannel_tx was
forgotten when that functionality was removed,
remove it now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a debugfs file showing which HW queues were
allocated to a virtual interface, including the
CAB queue for AP interfaces.
Change-Id: I486924e961b6ad6785a79db09620919ee644e703
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the cipher suites need to be allocated, but this
allocation fails, this leaks the internal scan request.
Fix that by going to the correct error handling label.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
One error path in ieee80211_subif_start_xmit() will
double-free the SKB. Set it to NULL to prevent that.
This issue was introduced by my channel context
changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is needed since this file exports functions.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If kstrtoull() returns an error code (a value
smaller than zero), use it since it can be an
error other than -EINVAL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Accessing sdata->vif.bss_conf.bssid without any
protection here is racy, use u.mgd.associated
instead and lock the correct mutex for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While connected to a GO, parse the P2P NoA attribute
and pass the CT Window and opportunistic powersave
parameters to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The commit:
commit 5e760230e4
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Fri Nov 4 11:18:17 2011 +0100
cfg80211: allow registering to beacons
allowed only a single process to register for beacon events
per wiphy. This breaks cases where a user may want two or
more VIFs on a wiphy and run a seperate hostapd process on
each vif.
This patch allows multiple beacon listeners, fixing the
regression.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This new callback can be used to tune the rate to be used to send
multicast frames.
In the current state the multicast rate can be specified on IBSS/MESH
joining only. This makes it impossible to select a custom multicast
rate when then join command is sent by an external program (e.g.
wpa_supplicant)
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These are accessed without a lock when ending STA PSM. If the
sta_cleanup timer accesses these lists at the same time, we might crash.
This may fix some mysterious crashes we had during
ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When userspace asks to deauthenticate and we're just
authenticated (or still authenticating) send a deauth
frame instead of deleting the auth request.
On the other hand, if we've just disassociated and
therefore deleted all our state already, drop the
deauth request because we no longer have a channel
context to send it on.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case that there is an unsupported band, the ie will be
unallocated and the free will crash.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers are not expected to handle it before drv_start has been called. It
will be called again after an interface has been brought up.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of using the pointer which can be re-used
fairly quickly due to allocator patterns and then
makes debugging difficult, maintain a counter and
use its value. Since it's a 64-bit value it can't
really wrap, but catch that case anyway since it
most likely points to a bug somewhere.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TX status reporting is done for both the
nl80211 report as well as the socket option.
The socket option is also reported when an
skb is dropped to guarantee that the copy in
the IDR tree is freed and status is reported
to userspace.
However, when a frame is dropped, no nl80211
status is reported. This can cause userspace
to stop making progress while waiting for a
status notification.
Combine the nl80211 and socket option status
reporting into a new function and call it in
both places -- when the status comes in from
the driver and when the skb is dropped.
While at it, also simplify the code in the
nl80211 portion a bit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Even before channel contexts/multi-channel, having a
single global TX power limit was already problematic,
in particular if two managed interfaces connected to
two APs with different power constraints. The channel
context introduction completely broke this though and
in fact I had disabled TX power configuration there
for drivers using channel contexts.
Change everything to track TX power per interface so
that different user settings and different channel
maxima are treated correctly. Also continue tracking
the global TX power though for compatibility with
applications that attempt to configure the wiphy's
TX power globally.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TX power setting is currently per wiphy (hardware
device) but with multi-channel capabilities that doesn't
make much sense any more.
Allow drivers (and mac80211) to advertise support for
per-interface TX power configuration. When the TX power
is configured for the wiphy, the wdev will be NULL and
the driver can still handle that, but when a wdev is
given the TX power can be set only for that wdev now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code to allow EAPOL frames even when the station
isn't yet marked associated needs to check that the
incoming frame is long enough and due to paged RX it
also can't assume skb->data contains the right data,
it must use skb_copy_bits(). Fix this to avoid using
data that doesn't really exist.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A number of places in the mesh code don't check that
the frame data is present and in the skb header when
trying to access. Add those checks and the necessary
pskb_may_pull() calls. This prevents accessing data
that doesn't actually exist.
To do this, export ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen() to be
able to use it in mac80211.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Due to pskb_may_pull() checking the skb length, all
non-management frames are checked on input whether
their 802.11 header is fully present. Also add that
check for management frames and remove a check that
is now duplicate. This prevents accessing skb data
beyond the frame end.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The 'ssid' field of the cfg80211_ibss_params is a u8 pointer and
its length is likely to be less than IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN most
of the time.
This patch fixes the ssid copy in ieee80211_ibss_join() by using
the SSID length to prevent it from reading beyond the string.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
[rewrapped commit message, small rewording]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be
necessary to start operating as an AP, some of
which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver
method to make such failures easier to handle,
and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since cfg80211 will now call the explicit stop_ap
operation when an AP interface goes down, move all
teardown code there and remove it from interface
handling. The only thing that needs to stay is the
code to dev_close() all dependent VLANs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Per IEEE Std. 802.11-2012, Sec 8.2.4.4.1, the sequence Control field is
not present in control frames. We noticed this problem when processing
Block Ack Requests.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For a local variable there's no need to use the atomic
set_bit() operation, use __set_bit() instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Prior this fix, those frames were not received, nor forwarded. Fix
this to receive and not forward.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Doing otherwise is wrong, and may wreak havoc on the mpp tables,
specially if the frame is encrypted.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Chaoxing Lin <Chaoxing.Lin@ultra-3eti.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove a duplicate check in ieee80211_rx_mgmt_beacon,
there is no need to make again the same check for the
IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK twice; the two ifs can
be consolidated.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
[reword commit message & break long lines and also
clean up variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of the current whitelist which accepts duplicates
only for the quiet and vendor IEs, use a blacklist of all
IEs (that we currently parse) that can't be duplicated.
This avoids detecting a beacon as corrupt in the future
when new IEs are added that can be duplicated.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Expose a function for the AES-CMAC subkey calculation
to drivers. This is the first step of the AES-CMAC
cipher key setup and may be required for CMAC hardware
offloading.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Before, a mesh STA would execute some code on behalf of AP or IBSS
beacons. Since the mesh stack currently does not consider anything but
other mesh STAs interesting, limit processing to just these and save a
little overhead.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
WDS is (currently) not allowed when channel
contexts are *supported*, not when they're
*not* supported. Fix the inverted test.
Reported-by: Ronald <ronald645@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Ronald <ronald645@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch prepares mac80211 for a later implementation of mesh or
ad-hoc powersave clients.
The structures related to powersave (buffer, TIM map, counters) are
moved from the AP-specific interface structure to a generic structure
that can be embedded into any interface type.
The functions related to powersave are prepared to allow easy
extension with different interface types. For example with:
+ } else if (sta->sdata->vif.type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT) {
+ ps = &sdata->u.mesh.ps;
Some references to the AP's beacon structure are removed where they
were obviously not used.
The patch compiles without warning and has been briefly tested as AP
interface with one client in PS mode.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the user wants to scan using a vif configured as AP,
cfg80211 must give him a chance to do it, even if this
will disrupt the stations performance due to off-channel
scanning. To do so, this patch adds a 'force' flag to the
SCAN_TRIGGER command which tells cfg80211 to perform the
scanning operation even if the vif is an AP and the
beaconing has already started.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The internal function mac80211_format_buffer() has a
printf-style argument list, so add the attribute to
have gcc verify that list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a number of unused variables that gcc
pointed out (when building with W=1) as well as
some conditions that can never be true due to
the datatypes used: unsigned values can't be
less than zero. Remove this code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no vendor-specific mesh sync implemented
and there don't need to be dummy handlers that
only print messages, so remove that code. While
at it, also constify the mesh sync ops.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Initialization of beacon transmission in IBSS mode depends
on whether a new BSS is being created or joined. When joining
an existing IBSS network, beaconing has to start only after
a TSF-sync has happened - this is explained in 11.1.4.
Introduce a new parameter in the BSS information structure to
indicate creator/joiner mode.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY flag in mac80211's scan state
machine to prematurely terminate scan operations if outbound
traffic collides. This is useful for marking background scans so
they don't affect throughput.
Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[set feature flag only if software scan is used]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The next patch will introduce a flag that is set
by default in cfg80211 so drivers and mac80211
need to use |= to set features they have so that
they don't clear the already-set feature.
We could set the flag in wiphy_register() instead
of wiphy_new() to avoid this patch, but then the
drivers couldn't *unset* flags they don't want to
use even though the implementation is generic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some changes to fix issues with HT40 APs in Korea
and follow-up changes to allow using HT40 even if
the local regulatory database disallows it caused
issues with iwlwifi (and could cause issues with
other devices); iwlwifi firmware would assert if
you tried to connect to an AP that has an invalid
configuration (e.g. using HT40- on channel 140.)
Fix this, while avoiding the "Korean AP" issue by
disabling HT40 and advertising HT20 to the AP
when connecting.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.6]
Reported-by: Florian Reitmeir <florian@reitmeir.org>
Tested-by: Florian Reitmeir <florian@reitmeir.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Save the AP's VHT capabilities (in managed
mode) and make them available to the driver
in the station information.
Unlike HT capabilities, they aren't restricted
to the common capabilities, so drivers must be
aware of their own capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
[fix endian conversion bug ...]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rename struct ieee80211_vht_capabilities to ieee80211_vht_cap
and renamed its member vht_capabilities_info to vht_cap_info.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
estab_plinks is not a statistics member. Hence move estab_plinks from
struct mesh_stat to struct ieee80211_if_mesh
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_sta_expire will be called by both IBSS and mesh
interfaces to account for inactive stations, so it would be more
appropriate to use sta_dbg instead of ibss_dbg.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
SAE uses two rounds of Authentication frames and both rounds require
considerable calculation to be done. This commit extends the existing
station mode authentication request to allow more control for user
space programs to build the SAE fields and to run the authentication
step ones. Only the second round with authentication transaction
sequence 2 will result in moving to authenticated state.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is useful when debugging authentication process issues.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Non-zero status code may be needed for Authentication frames, e.g.,
when using SAE.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers may need to iterate the active channel
contexts, export an iterator function to allow
that. To make it possible, use RCU-safe list
functions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On each channel that the device is operating on, it
may need to listen using one or more chains depending
on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The
previous channel context changes completely removed
this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS
mode).
Add per-context tracking of the required static and
dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes.
To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used
on each virtual interface and update the channel
context whenever this changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of operating on a single channel only,
use the new channel context infrastructure in
all mac80211 code.
This enables drivers that want to use the new
channel context infrastructure to use multiple
channels, while nothing should change for all
the other drivers that don't support it.
Right now this disables both TX power settings
and spatial multiplexing powersave. Both need
to be re-enabled on a channel context basis.
Additionally, when channel contexts are used
drop the connection when channel switch is
received rather than trying to handle it. This
will have to be improved later.
[With fixes from Eliad and Emmanuel incorporated]
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Depending on the driver, channel contexts may be used or
not. If they are used, the driver must have support for
hardware scan and remain-on-channel; otherwise the driver
must not advertise support for multiple channels.
Also prohibit WDS type interfaces when channel contexts
are to be used as there's no clear definition of which
channel they use.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reuse channels with compatible channel types. Some
channel types are compatible and can be used
concurrently.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel context pointer will be accessible on
both assign and unassign events.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel
on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type
and other properties can change.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel
operation. They are are immutable and are re-created
(or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain
channel and a compatible channel type) on channel
switching.
This is an initial implementation and more features
will come in separate patches.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[some changes including RCU protection]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Free tx status skbs when draining power save buffers, pending frames, or
when tearing down a vif.
Fixes remaining conditions that can lead to hostapd/wpa_supplicant hangs when
running out of socket write memory.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fix corruption which can manifest itself by following crash
when switching on rfkill switch with rt2x00 driver:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/attachment.cgi?id=615362
Pointer key->u.ccmp.tfm of group key get corrupted in:
ieee80211_rx_h_michael_mic_verify():
/* update IV in key information to be able to detect replays */
rx->key->u.tkip.rx[rx->security_idx].iv32 = rx->tkip_iv32;
rx->key->u.tkip.rx[rx->security_idx].iv16 = rx->tkip_iv16;
because rt2x00 always set RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED, even if key is not TKIP.
We already check type of the key in different path in
ieee80211_rx_h_michael_mic_verify() function, so adding additional
check here is reasonable.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.0+
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Avoid situation when we are on associate state in mac80211 and
on disassociate state in cfg80211. This can results on crash
during modules unload (like showed on this thread:
http://marc.info/?t=134373976300001&r=1&w=2) and possibly other
problems.
Reported-by: Pedro Francisco <pedrogfrancisco@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A few places free skbs using dev_kfree_skb even though they're called
after ieee80211_subif_start_xmit might have cloned it for tracking tx
status. Use ieee80211_free_txskb here to prevent skb leaks.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The call to drv_get/set_tsf() was put on the workqueue to perform tsf
adjustments since that function might sleep. However it ended up inside
a spinlock, whose critical section must be atomic. Do tsf adjustment
outside the spinlock instead, and get rid of a warning.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The bits used in the mask were off-by-one and ended up masking PwrMgt,
MoreData, Protected fields instead of Retry, PwrMgt, MoreData. Fix this
and to mask the correct fields. While doing so, convert the code to mask
the full FC using IEEE80211_FCTL_* defines similarly to how CCMP AAD is
built.
Since BIP is used only with broadcast/multicast management frames, the
Retry field is always 0 in these frames. The Protected field is also
zero to maintain backwards compatibility. As such, the incorrect mask
here does not really cause any problems for valid frames. In theory, an
invalid BIP frame with Retry or Protected field set to 1 could be
rejected because of BIP validation. However, no such frame should show
up with standard compliant implementations, so this does not cause
problems in normal BIP use.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a station is removed and we stop the aggregation
sessions, it's not useful to send delBA since this is
due to us or the station disassociating or dropping
the connection in some other way, so change that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we disassociate, it's not really useful to
send delBA action frames since we're going to send
disassoc/deauth anyway, so change that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the IBSS auth TX debug message the BSSID and DA
address are reversed, fix that.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Roger Rieunier <sylvain.roger.rieunier@gmail.com>
[reword commit message and make it fit 72 cols]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The suspend/resume code depends on CONFIG_PM, so
the reset debugfs file can only be made available
if that is enabled.
Fengguang Wu's zero-day build testing found this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Peer link which is blocked using the "iw mesh0 station
set <MAC addr> plink_action block" is previously not able
to re-open using "iw mesh0 station set <MAC addr>
plink_action open". This patch is intended to solve this.
If the station plink state remains at OPN_SNT once open,
try block and open again should solve this problem.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, mac80211 uses the power constraint IE, and reduces
the regulatory max TX power by it. This can cause issues if
the AP is advertising a large power constraint value matching
a high TX power in its country IE, for example in this case:
...
Country: US Environment: Indoor/Outdoor
...
Channels [157 - 157] @ 30 dBm
...
Power constraint: 13 dB
...
What happened here is that our local regulatory TX power is
15 dBm, and gets reduced by 13 dB so we end up with only
2 dBm effective TX power, which is way too low.
Instead, handle the country IE/power constraint IE combined
and restrict our TX power to the max of the regulatory power
and the maximum power advertised by the AP, in this case
17 dBm (= 30 dBm - 13 dB).
Also print a message when this happens to let the user know
and help us debug issues with it.
Reported-by: Carl A. Cook <CACook@quantum-equities.com>
Tested-by: Carl A. Cook <CACook@quantum-equities.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The functions are only called if CONFIG_PM is set
as the callers are under an ifdef, so there's no
need to also define no-op functions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
skb->dev might contain a stale reference to a device that was already
deleted, and using it unchecked can lead to invalid pointer accesses.
Since this is only used for nl80211 tx, iterate over active interfaces
to find a match for skb->dev, and discard the tx status if the device
is gone.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211 calls synchronize_rcu() on sta deletion,
which increase the roaming time significantly.
Convert it into a call_rcu() mechanism, in order
to avoid blocking. Since some of the cleanup
functions might sleep, schedule from the call_rcu
callback a new work that will do the actual cleanup.
In order to make sure the cleanup occurs before
the interface went down, flush local->workqueue
on ieee80211_do_stop().
Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Mark keys that might be used to receive management
frames so drivers can fall back on software crypto
for them if they don't support hardware offload.
As the new flag is only set correctly for RX keys
and the existing IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT flag
can only affect TX, also rename the latter to
IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Whenever a host gets an AUTH frame it first allocates a new
station and then replies with another AUTH frame. However,
if sta allocations fails the host should send a DEAUTH frame
instead to tell the other end that something went wrong.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
[reword commit message a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move ieee80211_send_deauth_disassoc() to util.c to make it
available for the rest of the mac80211 code.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
removes unnecessary semicolon
Found by Coccinelle: http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/
Signed-off-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Split functionality for further reuse.
Will prevent code duplication when channel context
channel_type merging is introduced.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
__ieee80211_key_destroy() calls synchronize_rcu() in
order to sync the tx path before destroying the key.
However, synching the tx path can be done with
synchronize_net() as well, which is usually faster
(the timing might be important for roaming scenarios).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The power constraint IE is always a single byte
so check the size when parsing instead of later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Disconnect from the AP if channel switching in the
driver failed or if the new channel is unavailable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to keep a copy of the scheduled
scan IEs after the driver has been told, if it
requires a copy it must make one. Therefore, we
can move sched_scan_ies into the function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull in mac80211.git to let the next patch apply
without conflicts, also resolving a hwsim conflict.
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/mac80211_hwsim.c
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using list_move() instead of list_del() + list_add().
spatch with a semantic match is used to found this problem.
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Various small fixes for net/mac80211/cfg.c:mpath_set_pinfo():
Initialize *pinfo before filling members in, handle MESH_PATH_RESOLVED
correctly, and remove bogus assignment; result in correct display
of FLAGS values and meaningful EXPTIME for expired paths in iw utility.
Signed-off-by: Yoichi Shinoda <shinoda@jaist.ac.jp>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Doing so creates warnings, but the function is internal and
not part of the 802.11 docbooks, so it from kerneldoc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ifmgd->bssid wasn't cleared properly in some
auth/assoc failure cases, causing mac80211 and
the low-level driver to go out of sync.
Clear ifmgd->bssid on failure, and notify the driver.
Cc: stable@kernel.org # 3.4+
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A P2P Device interface does not have a netdev, and is not
expected to be used for transmitting data, so there is no
need to assign hw queues for it.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit mac80211: avoid using synchronize_rcu in ieee80211_set_probe_resp
changed the return value when the probe response template is not present.
Revert to the earlier value of 1 - this fixes AP mode for drivers like
ath9k.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The destination address of unicast frames forwarded through a mesh gate
was being replaced with the broadcast address. Instead leave the
original destination address as the mesh DA. If the nexthop address is
not in the mpath table it will be resolved. If that fails, the frame
will be forwarded to known mesh gates.
Reported-by: Cedric Voncken <cedric.voncken@acksys.fr>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In multi-channel scenarios, the channel that we will
transmit a probe request on isn't always the current
channel (which will be NULL anyway) but will instead
be the channel that the AP is on. Pass the channel
to the ieee80211_send_probe_req() function so it can
be used in the different scenarios. The scan code
continues to pass the current channel, of course.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The optimisation of scanning only on the current
channel should check the operating channel. Also
modify it to compare channel pointer rather than
the frequency.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Even for single-channel devices it is possible that we
switch the channel temporarily (e.g. for scanning) but
while doing so process a received frame that was still
received on the old channel, so checking the current
band is racy. Use the band from status instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With the move to multi-channel and away from
drv_config(), hw.conf.channel will not always
be set, only for devices using the current API
instead of the new channel context APIs. Check
the channel is set before adding its frequency
to the trace data.
Also break some overly long lines in the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using hw.conf.channel is wrong as it could be the
temporary channel if the station is added from the
workqueue while the device is already on another
channel. Use oper_channel instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using local->_oper_channel_type in the mesh code is
completely wrong as this value is the combination
of the various interface channel types and can be
a different value from the mesh interface in case
there are multiple virtual interfaces.
Use sdata->vif.bss_conf.channel_type instead as it
tracks the per-vif channel type.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to use a single scratch buffer and
calculate offsets into it, just use two separate
buffers for the separate variables.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices like the current iwlwifi implementation
require that the P2P interface address match the P2P
Device address (only one P2P interface is supported.)
Add the HW flag IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF
that allows drivers to request that P2P Interfaces
added while a P2P Device is active get the same MAC
address by default.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
After cfg80211 got a P2P Device abstraction, add
support to mac80211. Whether it really is supported
or not will depend on whether or not the driver has
support for it, but mac80211 needs to change to be
able to support drivers that need a P2P Device.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to support using a different MAC address
for the P2P Device address we must first have a
P2P Device abstraction that can be assigned a MAC
address.
This abstraction will also be useful to support
offloading P2P operations to the device, e.g.
periodic listen for discoverability.
Currently, the driver is responsible for assigning
a MAC address to the P2P Device, but this could be
changed by allowing a MAC address to be given to
the NEW_INTERFACE command.
As it has no associated netdev, a P2P Device can
only be identified by its wdev identifier but the
previous patches allowed using the wdev identifier
in various APIs, e.g. remain-on-channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to declare the function in the
header file since it's only used in a single
place, so make it static.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel switch IE has a fixed size, so we can
discard it in parsing if it's not the right size
and use the right struct pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The time until the channel switch is in TU,
not in milliseconds, so use TU_TO_EXP_TIME()
to correctly program the timer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Clean up the CSA handling code by moving some
of it out of the if and using a C99 initializer
for the struct passed to the driver method.
While at it, also add a comment that we should
wait for a beacon after switching the channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support getting A-MPDU status information from the
drivers and reporting it to userspace via radiotap
in the standard fields.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In IBSS it is possible that the supported rates set for a station changes over
time (e.g. it gets first initialised as an empty set because of no available
information about rates and updated later). In this case the driver has to be
notified about the change in order to update its internal table accordingly (if
needed).
This behaviour is needed by all those drivers that handle rc internally but
leave stations management to mac80211
Reported-by: Gui Iribarren <gui@altermundi.net>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
[Johannes - add docs, validate IBSS mode only, fix compilation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use skb_queue_walk_safe instead, and fix a few issues:
- didn't free old skbs on moving
- didn't react to failed skb alloc
- needlessly held a local pointer to the destination frame queue
- didn't check destination queue length before adding skb
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since all we really want is just to iterate over all skbs, do just that
and avoid (de)queueing to a clusmy tmpq.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This could take a while (100ms+) and may delay sending assoc resp
in AP mode with WPS or P2P GO (as setting the probe resp takes place
there). We've encountered situations where the delay was big enough
to cause connection problems with devices like Galaxy Nexus.
Switch to using call_rcu with a free handler.
[Arik - rework to use plain buffer and instead of skb]
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify is called everytime a peer link is established
or closed, because the accepting_plinks flag in the meshconf IE *might* have changed.
With this patch the corresponding functions return the BSS_CHANGED_BEACON flag when a beacon update is necessary.
Also it makes mesh_accept_plinks_update the common place to update the accepting_plinks flag.
mesh_accept_plinks_update is called upon plink change and also periodically from ieee80211_mesh_housekeeping.
Thus, it also picks up changes of local->num_sta.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de>
Acked-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Although adding an IE is almost guaranteed to succeed since we already
accounted for its length while allocating the skb, we should still free
the skb in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It doesn't make a lot of sense to wait for an ack in response to a
peering close frame since either peer in this exchange could be going
down.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function was only used by mesh, and not really needed since any
interface-specific cleanup already happens in the netdev handlers.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is not necessary to stop the mesh beacon in the mac80211 ndo_stop
handler, since cfg80211 has already left the mesh on NETDEV_GOING_DOWN
notification.
Also some improvements to ieee80211_stop_mesh():
- flush mpath entries.
- flush sta entries per-sdata so we don't remove entries belonging to
other vifs on the same hw.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh path timer needs to be canceled when
leaving the mesh as otherwise it could fire
after the interface has been removed already.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's a corner case that can happen when we
suspend with a timer running, then resume and
disconnect. If we connect again, suspend and
resume we might start timers that shouldn't be
running. Reset the timer flags to avoid this.
This affects both mesh and managed modes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When associating anew, the old station MLME flags should
be cleared. The only exception is the 40 MHz disable
flag as it might have been set while the channel was set
in a previous authentication attempt so it needs to be
kept intact.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Enable the carrier on WDS type interfaces only
after having added the station entry for the
WDS peer so outgoing frames will find it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of assuming the carrier is on all
the time in mesh manage it with joining
and leaving the mesh.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since we only need the band, remove the channel
pointer from struct ieee80211_tx_data and also
assign it properly, depending on context, to the
correct operating or current channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When sending probe requests, e.g. during software scanning,
these will go out on the *current* channel, so their IEs
need to be built from the current channel. At other times,
e.g. for beacons or probe request templates, the IEs will
be used on the *operating* channel and using the current
channel instead might result in errors.
Add the appropriate parameters to respect the difference.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using hw.conf.channel is wrong as it could be the
temporary channel if any function like the beacon
get function is called while scanning or during
other temporary out-of-channel activities.
Use oper_channel instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using hw.conf.channel is wrong as it could be the
temporary channel if any function like the beacon
get function is called while scanning or during
other temporary out-of-channel activities.
Use oper_channel instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using hw.conf.channel is wrong as it could be the
temporary channel if any function like the beacon
get function is called while scanning or during
other temporary out-of-channel activities.
Use oper_channel instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using hw.conf.channel is wrong as it could be the
temporary channel if any function like the beacon
get function is called while scanning or during
other temporary out-of-channel activities.
Use oper_channel instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to set up the channel during auth
and again during assoc, just do it once. Currently
this doesn't result in any changes since calling
hw_config() with an unchanged channel will return
early, but with the channel context work this has
an impact on channel context assignment.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In ieee80211_prep_connection(), the station (if not NULL)
is the new station (representing the AP) that needs to be
added. Rename the variable to "new_sta" to clarify this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If HT/VHT isn't supported by us we shouldn't print
a message that we disabled it, do that only if the
AP didn't support WMM and we therefore disable it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove the control.sta pointer from ieee80211_tx_info to free up
sufficient space in the TX skb control buffer for the upcoming
Transmit Power Control (TPC).
Instead, the pointer is now on the stack in a new control struct
that is passed as a function parameter to the drivers' tx method.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[reworded commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, ps mode is indicated per device (rather than
per interface), which doesn't make a lot of sense.
Moreover, there are subtle bugs caused by the inability
to indicate ps change along with other changes
(e.g. when the AP deauth us, we'd like to indicate
CHANGED_PS | CHANGED_ASSOC, as changing PS before
notifying about disassociation will result in null-packets
being sent (if IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS) while
the sta is already disconnected.)
Keep the current per-device notifications, and add
parallel per-vif notifications.
In order to keep it simple, the per-device ps and
the per-vif ps are orthogonal - the per-vif ps
configuration is determined only by the user
configuration (enable/disable) and the connection
state, and is not affected by other vifs state and
(temporary) dynamic_ps/offchannel operations
(unlike per-device ps).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This doesn't make any sense since we are expected to be on
the medium or at least to Tx only when we are on the right
channel and the AP/GO can hear us.
Move the call to mgd_prepare_tx() for deauth to be only
done in case we're sending a deauth while not associated.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the HW is monitoring connection loss (as advertised
by IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR) but not filtering
beacons (IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER) then mac80211 will
still start the beacon loss timer and if a few beacons
are lost, e.g. due to scanning, drop the connection.
If the hardware doesn't advertise connection monitoring,
then it won't drop the connection right away but probe
the AP, which is intended, but due to the logic in the
timer when connection monitoring is done it assumes the
connection was actually lost.
Fix this problem by not starting the timer when the HW
does connection monitoring.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Insert VHT IEs into association frames to allow
mac80211 to connect as a VHT client.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
[clarify commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rate control is re-initialized whenever a beacon from a mesh
peer received, breaking the algorithms and resulting in low
performance. Return early from mesh_peer_init if we already
established a link with this peer to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[clarify commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_request_sched_scan_stop() cleared
local->sched_scan_sdata. However, sched_scan_sdata
should be cleared only after the driver calls
ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() (like with normal hw scan).
Clearing sched_scan_sdata too early caused
ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped_work to exit prematurely
without properly cleaning all the sched scan resources
and without calling cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped (so
userspace wasn't notified about sched scan completion).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull LED subsystem update from Bryan Wu.
* 'for-3.6-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/cooloney/linux-leds: (50 commits)
leds-lp8788: forgotten unlock at lp8788_led_work
LEDS: propagate error codes in blinkm_detect()
LEDS: memory leak in blinkm_led_common_set()
leds: add new lp8788 led driver
LEDS: add BlinkM RGB LED driver, documentation and update MAINTAINERS
leds: max8997: Simplify max8997_led_set_mode implementation
leds/leds-s3c24xx: use devm_gpio_request
leds: convert Network Space v2 LED driver to devm_kzalloc() and cleanup error exit path
leds: convert DAC124S085 LED driver to devm_kzalloc()
leds: convert LM3530 LED driver to devm_kzalloc() and cleanup error exit path
leds: convert TCA6507 LED driver to devm_kzalloc()
leds: convert Freescale MC13783 LED driver to devm_kzalloc() and cleanup error exit path
leds: convert ADP5520 LED driver to devm_kzalloc() and cleanup error exit path
leds: convert PCA955x LED driver to devm_kzalloc() and cleanup error exit path
leds: convert Sun Fire LED driver to devm_kzalloc() and cleanup error exit path
leds: convert PCA9532 LED driver to devm_kzalloc()
leds: convert LT3593 LED driver to devm_kzalloc()
leds: convert Renesas TPU LED driver to devm_kzalloc() and cleanup error exit path
leds: convert LP5523 LED driver to devm_kzalloc() and cleanup error exit path
leds: convert PCA9633 LED driver to devm_kzalloc()
...
Rename leds external interface led_brightness_set() to led_set_brightness().
This is the second phase of the change to reduce confusion between the
leds internal and external interfaces that set brightness. With this change,
now the external interface is led_set_brightness(). The first phase renamed
the internal interface led_set_brightness() to __led_set_brightness().
There are no changes to the interface implementations.
Signed-off-by: Shuah Khan <shuahkhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Wu <bryan.wu@canonical.com>
When AP interface is going down, the stations
are flushed (in ieee80211_do_stop()) only after
the beaconing was stopped.
However, drivers might rely on stations being
removed before the beaconing was stopped, in
order to clean up properly.
Fix it by flushing the stations on ap stop.
(we already do the same for other interface
types, e.g. in ieee80211_set_disassoc())
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
on disassoc, ieee80211_set_disassoc() goes out of PS
before indicating BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC (not sure why this
is needed, but some drivers might count on the current
behavior).
However, it does it after sending the disassoc
frame, which results in null-data frame being sent
(in order to go out of ps) after we were already sent
the disassoc, which is invalid.
Fix it by going out of ps before sending the disassoc.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
commit "mac80211: unify SW/offload remain-on-channel"
moved the cookie assignment from ieee80211_mgmt_tx()
to ieee80211_start_roc_work(). But the latter is only
called where offchannel is needed. If offchannel isn't
needed/used, a uninitialized cookie value would be returned
to userspace.
This patch sets the cookie value when offchannel isn't used.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This essentially reverts commit 2e165b8184 but
introduces the get_channel operation with a new
wireless_dev argument so that you can retrieve
the channel per interface. This is necessary as
even though we can track all interface channels
(except monitor) we can't track the channel type
used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 870d37fc22.
This code doesn't work as cfg80211 will call
set_monitor_enabled at the wrong time and it
doesn't seem to be possible to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
roc is destroyed then roc->started is referenced. Keep a local cache.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the virtual monitor interface is requested
by the driver, it should also be iterated over
when the driver wants to iterate all active
interfaces.
To allow that protect it with the iflist_mtx.
Change-Id: I58ac5de2f4ce93d12c5a98ecd2859f60158d5d69
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When sample_idx is set to a value other than -1 it activates
the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE flag which disables
frame aggregation. To allow frame aggregation during fixed
rate it is necessary to set max_tp_rate, max_tp_rate2 and
max_prob_rate instead of sample_idx.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Roger Rieunier <sylvain.roger.rieunier@gmail.com>
[reword commit message a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When drop_unencrypted is enabled and MFP is disabled,
non-robust management frames for not-yet associated STA are dropped.
This isn't visible as many management frames sent from the kernel
have TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT set and management frames injected
from a monitor vif have TX_CTL_INJECTED so aren't dropped.
But management frames sent from userspace via NL80211_CMD_FRAME
do not have this flag set, so are dropped.
This patch make it always accept non-robust management frames.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The "no key" case in key selection that decides
whether to drop the frame or not is impossible
to understand, restructure the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
[cavallar@lri.fr: removed blank line and restructured action frame clause]
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
Some drivers (iwlegacy, iwlwifi and rt2x00) today use the
bss_conf.last_tsf value. By itself though that value is
completely worthless since it may be ancient. What really
is needed is synchronisation between some device time and
the TSF.
To clarify this, rename bss_conf.last_tsf to sync_tsf and
add sync_device_ts which is obtained from rx_status which
gets a new field device_timestamp for this purpose. This
is intentionally not using the mactime field since that
is used for other things and in IBSS is expected to sync
with the IBSS's TSF which isn't necessarily true for the
device timestamp.
Also, since we have the information and it's useful even
before the connection has been established, give all the
timing details to the driver before authenticating.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Scan receive is rather inefficient when there are
multiple virtual interfaces. We iterate all of the
virtual interfaces and then notify cfg80211 about
each beacon many times.
Redesign scan RX to happen before everything else.
Then we can also get rid of IEEE80211_RX_IN_SCAN
since we don't have to accept frames into the RX
handlers for scanning or scheduled scanning any
more. Overall, this simplifies the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of tracking whether or not we're in a
scheduled scan, track the virtual interface
(sdata) in an RCU-protected pointer to make it
usable from RX to check the MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Making the scan_sdata pointer usable with RCU makes
it possible to dereference it in the RX path to see
if a received frame actually matches the interface
that is scanning. This is just preparations, making
the pointer __rcu.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function building probe-request IEs does not validate the band is
supported before dereferencing it. This can result in a panic when
all bands are traversed, as done during sched-scan start.
Warn when this happens and return an empty probe request. Also fix
sched-scan to not waste memory on unsupported bands.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new P2P Device will have to be able to scan for
P2P search, so move scanning to use struct wireless_dev
instead of struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to be able to create P2P Device wdevs, move
the virtual interface management over to wireless_dev
structures.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes the problem of unreachable mesh STA from
Distribution System (DS) due to the introduction of previous
patch solving the mesh STA joining from one MBSS to another
MBSS.
Reported-by: Georgiewskiy Yuriy <bottleman@icf.org.ru>
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
net/batman-adv/bridge_loop_avoidance.c
net/batman-adv/bridge_loop_avoidance.h
net/batman-adv/soft-interface.c
net/mac80211/mlme.c
With merge help from Antonio Quartulli (batman-adv) and
Stephen Rothwell (drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c).
The net/mac80211/mlme.c conflict seemed easy enough, accounting for a
conversion to some new tracing macros.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix incorrect start markers, wrapped summary lines, missing section
breaks, incorrect separators, and some name mismatches.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee802_1d_to_ac is defined as a const int[8],
but the tid parameter has a range from 0 to 15.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If association failed due to internal error (e.g. no
supported rates IE), we call ieee80211_destroy_assoc_data()
with assoc=true, while we actually reject the association.
This results in the BSSID not being zeroed out.
After passing assoc=false, we no longer have to call
sta_info_destroy_addr() explicitly. While on it, move
the "associated" message after the assoc_success check.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.4+]
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
msp has type struct minstrel_ht_sta_priv not struct minstrel_ht_sta.
(This incorporates the fixup originally posted as "mac80211: fix kzalloc
memory corruption introduced in minstrel_ht". -- JWL)
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <wfg@linux.intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The management frame and remain-on-channel APIs will be
needed in the P2P device abstraction, so move them over
to the new wdev-based APIs. Userspace can still use both
the interface index and wdev identifier for them so it's
backward compatible, but for the P2P Device wdev it will
be able to use the wdev identifier only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This API call was intended to be used by drivers
if they want to optimize key handling by removing
one key when another is added. Remove it since no
driver is using it. If needed, it can always be
added back.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_mlme_notify_scan_completed() iterates all
interfaces and doesn't need to assign anything to
the sdata variable before the loop.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the AC parameters change, drivers might rely
on getting a bss_info_changed notification with
BSS_CHANGED_QOS in addition to the conf_tx call.
Always call the function when userspace updates
are made (in AP/GO modes) and also set the change
flag when updates were made by the AP (in managed
mode.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Because ieee80211_tx_status in status.c checks if
outgoing BlockAck requests have been acked, it is
necessary to tell the driver that tx feedback for
this sort of frame is important.
Otherwise, the stack will continue to send the same
BlockAck request over and over, which can cause
the receiver to flush or clean its reorder buffer
over and over.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Larry (and some others I think) reported that with
single-queue drivers mac80211 crashes when waking
the queues. This happens because we allocate just
a single queue for each virtual interface in case
the driver doesn't have at least 4 queues, but the
code stopping/waking the virtual interface queues
wasn't taking this into account.
Reported-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the interfaces were removed just before a restart
work was started, open_count will be 0, and most of
the reconfig work will be skipped, including the
resetting of local->in_reconfig to false.
Leaving local->inconfig = true will result in
dropping any incoming packet.
Fix it by always setting local->in_reconfig = false
(even if there are no active interfaces).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Due to the way the default key links are created,
it happens that a link is left dangling:
* both unicast/multicast links are created
* unicast link is destroyed, and the links
are updated
* during this update, adding the multicast
link again fails because it is present,
destroying the debugfs pointer
* removing the multicast link won't work as
the pointer has been destroyed
Fix this by always removing the links and then
re-creating them if needed.
Reported-by: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
Reported-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers require setup before being able to send
management frames in managed mode, in particular in
multi-channel cases.
Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup
while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to
finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the
TX call since that can't sleep.
A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to
wait for the driver to report the frame status, as
suggested by Arik in
http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES can be reduced from 5 to 4 as there
is no current hardware supporting a rate chain with 5 multi
rate stages (mrr), so 4 mrr stages are sufficient.
The memory that is freed within the ieee80211_tx_info struct
will be used in the upcoming Transmission Power Control (TPC)
implementation.
Suggested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The implementation of tx_frags is buggy due to
not handling queue stop, and there's no driver
implementing it so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add enumerations for both cfg80211 and nl80211.
This expands wiphy.bands etc. arrays.
Extend channel <-> frequency translation to cover 60g band
and modify the rate check logic since there are no legacy
mandatory rates (only MCS is used.)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers might need getting the probe request
(e.g. in order to extract the ssid) even during
auth/assoc.
Make ieee80211_ap_probereq_get() support it
by considering auth_data/assoc_data as well.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We do not need it anymore since cfg80211 tracks
monitor channel and monitor channel type.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use cfg80211 the new .set_monitor_enabled instead
of tracking it inside mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/caif/caif_hsi.c
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
The qmi_wwan merge was trivial.
The caif_hsi.c, on the other hand, was not. It's a conflict between
1c385f1fdf ("caif-hsi: Replace platform
device with ops structure.") in the net-next tree and commit
39abbaef19 ("caif-hsi: Postpone init of
HIS until open()") in the net tree.
I did my best with that one and will ask Sjur to check it out.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
beacon_ies is needed only in order to extract the dtim
period. However, even if it's missing we can still enter
ps with dtim=1 (which also happens if the TIM ie is invalid).
Most drivers don't use conf.max_sleep_period/ps_dtim_period
anyway, and this check prevents them from entering ps if
they don't have beacon (but only probe response), even though
the beacon is not needed at all.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On deauth/disassoc we tear down all BA sessions. These
DELBA packets are sent on the appropriate TID, while
deauth/disassoc is always sent on VO. This sometimes
ends with the DELBA being sent after the deauth was
already sent.
Fix it by flushing all the pending frames before
sending deauth/disassoc.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This and ieee80211_add_ext_srates_ie() aren't
exported, so can't be used by drivers anyway,
but there's also no reason that they should be
so make them private to mac80211 and use sdata
instead of vif arguments.
Acked-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When receiving an "individually addressed" action frame, the
receiver is required to return it to the sender. mac80211
gets this wrong as it also returns group addressed (mcast)
frames to the sender. Fix this and update the reference to
the new 802.11 standards version since things were shuffled
around significantly.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When CONFIG_PM is disabled, no device can possibly
support WoWLAN since it can't go to sleep to start
with. Due to this, mac80211 had even rejected the
hardware registration. By making all the code and
data for WoWLAN depend on CONFIG_PM we can promote
this runtime error to a compile-time error.
Add #ifdef around all WoWLAN code to remove it in
systems that don't need it as they never suspend.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since it's not called from any file outside where
it's defined, the function can be static if moved
up in the file before the callers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_check_concurrent_iface() need not use the
netdev. Remove the use of the netdev here to prepare
the function for P2P device addition.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It can be very useful to have all debug messages
available when debugging, but hard to correlate
between different sources, so add a trace event
for all mac80211 debug messages.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a few things that make the logging and
debugging in mac80211 less useful than it should
be right now:
* a lot of messages should be pr_info, not pr_debug
* wholesale use of pr_debug makes it require *both*
Kconfig and dynamic configuration
* there are still a lot of ifdefs
* the style is very inconsistent, sometimes the
sdata->name is printed in front
Clean up everything, introducing new macros and
separating out the station MLME debugging into
a new Kconfig symbol.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For better debugging, we would like to have
the sdata pointer available later, so pass
it into these functions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TKIP code hasn't been changed in a very long
time, so it seems unlikely that anyone really has
a need for the TKIP debug code. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_set_disassoc() clears ifmgd->bssid before
building DELBA frames, resulting in frames with invalid
bssid ("00:00:00:00:00:00").
Fix it by clearing ifmgd->bssid only after building
all the needed frames.
After this change, we no longer need to save the
bssid (before clearing it), so remove the local array.
Reported-by: Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Get current rssi (in dBm) from the driver/FW.
Instead of reporting the signal received in the last
rx packet, which might be inaccurate if rx traffic is
low and beacon filtering is enabled, get the signal
from the driver/FW.
Signed-off-by: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a remain-on-channel item is deleted, we remove it
from the list and then start the next item. However,
if it wasn't actually the first item then calling
ieee80211_start_next_roc() is wrong as it will start
the first item -- even if that was already started.
Fix the two places that do this and add a warning to
prevent the problem from reoccurring.
Reported-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Set the necessary flags to allow user space applications
to register for authentication frames on IBSS interfaces.
This is useful for situations where userspace applications
want to control key negotiation between stations.
Signed-off-by: Will Hawkins <hawkinsw@opentechinstitute.org>
[reword commit message a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Check the auth frame registration count before sending
"open system" authentication messages when a new station
registers on a particular IBSS network. This stops us
from sending out multiple authentication messages with
different authentication algorithms.
Signed-off-by: Will Hawkins <hawkinsw@opentechinstitute.org>
[reword commit message a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Track userspace registrations for authentication
frames received on an IBSS interface. This field
will be used to decide whether or not to send
"open system" authentication frames when a new
station joins an adhoc network.
Signed-off-by: Will Hawkins <hawkinsw@opentechinstitute.org>
[redesign the code flow a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case the driver suspend callback fails, mac80211 is left
with stopped queues which prevents any further traffic as well
as all STAs are left marked with WLAN_STA_BLOCK_BA which will
cause any further ADDBA requests to be declined. Fix it by
undoing both before returning from __iee80211_suspend.
Reported-by: Vitaly Wool <vitalywool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Save and configure the wmm_acm per sdata, rather than
per hardware.
If wmm_acm is saved per hardware when running two
interfaces simultaneously on the same hardware one
interface's wmm policy will be affected by the other
interface.
Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If an AP is beaconing with different capabilities than the one we get
in the associate response, we were still using the capabilities
received in the beacons. One example is when the AP is beaconing with
the short slot bit set to zero and then we try to connect to it with
long slot. In this case, we would keep using long slot until the next
beacon was received.
Fix this by using the correct capability value when calling
ieee80211_handle_bss_capability(). We were using cbss->capability,
but we should use the bss_conf->assoc_capability instead.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some compilers (eg. gcc 4.4.1 for ARM) report a false positive warning
in mlme.c:
net/mac80211/mlme.c: In function 'ieee80211_prep_connection':
net/mac80211/mlme.c:3035: warning: 'sta' may be used uninitialized in this function
This is a false positive because the place where 'sta' is used is
inside an if with the same condition of where it is set:
[...]
if (!have_sta) {
sta = sta_info_alloc(sdata, cbss->bssid, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!sta)
return -ENOMEM;
}
[...]
if (!have_sta) {
[...]
sta->sta.supp_rates[cbss->channel->band] = rates;
[...]
For some reason the compiler doesn't understand this and warns.
While this is not a problem in the code itself, we can avoid polluting
the build logs with false positives by setting sta to NULL on
declaration and checking for sta instead of !have_sta in the second if.
Reported-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The 'tell_ap' argument is always true. So that remove it
and simplify the function.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes the problem of dropping RANN element if the TTL
is 1. If the received RANN element TTL is 1 or greater than 1, the
RANN is processed. However, forwarding of received RANN element
with TTL 1 or less is prohibited according to the standard. This
is previously reported by Monthadar Al Jaberi.
Besides, this patch also avoid the processing of unicast PREQ
generation if the RANN element does not meet the acceptance
criteria mentioned in Sec. 13.10.12.4.2 of IEEE Std. 802.11-2012.
Reported-by: Monthadar Al Jaberi <monthadar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some APs experience problems when working with U-APSD. Decrease the
probability of that happening by using legacy mode for all ACs but VO.
The AP that caused us troubles was a Cisco 4410N. It ignores our
setting, and always treats non-VO ACs as legacy.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While HW reconfig is in progress, drop all incoming Rx. This prevents
incoming packets from changing the internal state of the driver or
calling callbacks of the low level driver while it is in inconsistent
state.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes the wrong assignment of mesh element TTL.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As defined in section 13.10.9.3 Case D (802.11-2012), this
control variable is used to limit the mesh STA to send only
one PREQ to a root mesh STA within this interval of time
(in TUs). The default value for this variable is set to
2000 TUs. However, for current implementation, the maximum
configurable of dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval is
restricted by dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mesh_path_root_timer is invoked once the dot11MeshHWMPRootMode
is larger than 1. This patch also adds the backward compatible
to the previous setting on dot11MeshHWMPRootMode. If the user
configures as follow, it will still trigger the proactive RANN
with Gate Announcement.
iw mesh0 set mesh_param mesh_hwmp_rootmode 1
iw mesh0 set mesh_param mesh_gate_announcements 1
similar to the following setting:
iw mesh0 set mesh_param mesh_hwmp_rootmode 4
iw mesh0 set mesh_param mesh_gate_announcements 1
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Generate the proactive PREP element in Proactive PREQ mode as
defined in Sec. 13.10.10.3 (Case D) of IEEE Std. 802.11-2012.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Generate the proactive PREQ element as defined in
Sec. 13.10.9.3 (Case C) of IEEE Std. 802.11-2012
based on the selection of dot11MeshHWMPRootMode as follow:
dot11MeshHWMPRootMode (2) is proactivePREQnoPREP
dot11MeshHWMPRootMode (3) is proactivePREQwithPREP
The proactive PREQ is generated based on the interval
defined by dot11MeshHWMProotInterval.
With this change, proactive RANN element is now generated
if the dot11MeshHWMPRootMode is set to (4) instead of (1).
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the mesh configuration parameters dot11MeshHWMProotInterval
and dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout to be used by
proactive PREQ mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If you add a monitor interface in parallel to a normal interface
mac80211 will let you to change the channel type on the monitor
interface even if you are connected. Add an explicit check to
disallow this.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
[fix typo in commit log, use sdata instead of netdev]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Stop connection monitor poll during disassociation.
This clears the polling flags and if a scan was
deferred it will be run.
Without this fix, if a scan was deferred due to
connection monitoring while disassociation happens,
this scan blocks further scan requests until interface
down/up which causes problems connecting to another AP.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Otherwise, we might call the driver callback before
the interface was uploaded.
Solves the following warning:
WARNING: at net/mac80211/driver-ops.h:12 ieee80211_set_bitrate_mask+0xbc/0x18c [mac80211]()
wlan0: Failed check-sdata-in-driver check, flags: 0x0
Modules linked in: wlcore_sdio wl12xx wl18xx wlcore mac80211 cfg80211 [last unloaded: cfg80211]
[<c001b964>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0x12c) from [<c0495550>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24)
[<c0495550>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24) from [<c003ee28>] (warn_slowpath_common+0x5c/0x74)
[<c003ee28>] (warn_slowpath_common+0x5c/0x74) from [<c003eefc>] (warn_slowpath_fmt+0x40/0x48)
[<c003eefc>] (warn_slowpath_fmt+0x40/0x48) from [<bf5c1ad0>] (ieee80211_set_bitrate_mask+0xbc/0x18c [mac80211])
[<bf5c1ad0>] (ieee80211_set_bitrate_mask+0xbc/0x18c [mac80211]) from [<bf575960>] (nl80211_set_tx_bitrate_mask+0x350/0x358 [cfg80211])
[<bf575960>] (nl80211_set_tx_bitrate_mask+0x350/0x358 [cfg80211]) from [<c03e9e94>] (genl_rcv_msg+0x1a8/0x1e8)
[<c03e9e94>] (genl_rcv_msg+0x1a8/0x1e8) from [<c03e9164>] (netlink_rcv_skb+0x5c/0xc0)
[<c03e9164>] (netlink_rcv_skb+0x5c/0xc0) from [<c03e9ce0>] (genl_rcv+0x28/0x34)
[<c03e9ce0>] (genl_rcv+0x28/0x34) from [<c03e8e74>] (netlink_unicast+0x158/0x234)
[<c03e8e74>] (netlink_unicast+0x158/0x234) from [<c03e93e0>] (netlink_sendmsg+0x218/0x298)
[<c03e93e0>] (netlink_sendmsg+0x218/0x298) from [<c03b4e5c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xa4/0xc0)
[<c03b4e5c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xa4/0xc0) from [<c03b5af4>] (__sys_sendmsg+0x1d8/0x254)
[<c03b5af4>] (__sys_sendmsg+0x1d8/0x254) from [<c03b5ca8>] (sys_sendmsg+0x4c/0x70)
[<c03b5ca8>] (sys_sendmsg+0x4c/0x70) from [<c0013980>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x3c)
Note that calling the driver can also result
in undefined behaviour since it doesn't have
to deal with calls while down.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[removed timestamps, added note - Johannes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In my redesign of remain-on-channel I forgot
that an item could be cancelled when it's a
dependent item that is part of another item.
Allow cancelling such items by removing them
from the dependents list.
Note that when we cancel the main item, all
its dependents are also cancelled. It would
be possible to not do that, but would need
tricks to promote an item from dependent to
top-level and is tricky in the HW ROC case.
Reported-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
MAINTAINERS
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/trans.c
The iwlwifi conflict was resolved by keeping the code added
in 'net' that turns off the buggy chip feature.
The MAINTAINERS conflict was merely overlapping changes, one
change updated all the wireless web site URLs and the other
changed some GIT trees to be Johannes's instead of John's.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a few kernel-doc descriptions that were missed
during mesh development.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Ilan pointed out to me that ieee80211_start_next_roc()
already calls ieee80211_run_deferred_scan() if the list
of ROC items is empty, so there's no need to call it
again after calling ieee80211_start_next_roc().
Reported-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
fix the coding style related to mesh parameters, especially the indentation,
as pointed out by Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a few kernel-doc descriptions that were missed
during development.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
commit 24398e39c8
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Wed Mar 28 10:58:36 2012 +0200
mac80211: set HT channel before association
removed IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL argument from ieee80211_hw_config,
which is required by iwl4965 driver, otherwise that driver does not
configure channel properly and is not able to associate.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Redesign all the off-channel code, getting rid of
the generic off-channel work concept, replacing
it with a simple remain-on-channel list.
This fixes a number of small issues with the ROC
implementation:
* offloaded remain-on-channel couldn't be queued,
now we can queue it as well, if needed
* in iwlwifi (the only user) offloaded ROC is
mutually exclusive with scanning, use the new
queue to handle that case -- I expect that it
will later depend on a HW flag
The bigger issue though is that there's a bad bug
in the current implementation: if we get a mgmt
TX request while HW roc is active, and this new
request has a wait time, we actually schedule a
software ROC instead since we can't guarantee the
existing offloaded ROC will still be that long.
To fix this, the queuing mechanism was needed.
The queuing mechanism for offloaded ROC isn't yet
optimal, ideally we should add API to have the HW
extend the ROC if needed. We could add that later
but for now use a software implementation.
Overall, this unifies the behaviour between the
offloaded and software-implemented case as much
as possible.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The IDLE handling in HW off-channel is broken right
now since we turn off IDLE only when the off-channel
period already started. Therefore, all drivers that
use it today (only iwlwifi!) must support off-channel
while idle, so playing with idle isn't needed at all.
Off-channel in general, since it's no longer used for
authentication/association, shouldn't affect PS, so
also remove that logic.
Also document a small caveat for reporting TX status
from off-channel frames in HW remain-on-channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When performing a HW restart for an AP mode interface, add stations back
only after the AP is beaconing. This mimics the normal flow of STA
addition on AP.
Some devices (wlcore) do not support adding stations before beaconing,
so this has the added benefit of making recovery work for them.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
drv_resume can get called without a prior call to drv_suspend.
Consider the following steps:
1. Suspend is started but driver's drv_suspend returns error.
2. Suspend is aborted. local->wowlan flag is left set.
3. Interface is removed.
4. Suspend again. This time open_count is 0 so drv_suspend is
not called and local->wowlan not cleared.
5. On resume ieee80211_reconfig will call drv_resume since
local->wowlan is set.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make mac80211 print a message when it disables
HT due to the connection using WEP/TKIP or due
to the AP not supporting WMM/QoS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For each EDCA TX queue change default settings (in STA mode) to conform
old 802.11b/g channel access rules. This is needed for drivers that do
not have QoS enable/disable "switch" (like rt2x00) to make them work
properly with legacy APs.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that we've removed all uses of the set_channel
API except for the monitor channel and in libertas,
clarify this. Split the libertas mesh use into a
new libertas_set_mesh_channel() operation, just to
keep backward compatibility, and rename the normal
set_channel() to set_monitor_channel().
Also describe the desired set_monitor_channel()
semantics more clearly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just like the AP mode patch, instead of setting
the channel and then joining the mesh network,
provide the channel to join the network on to
the join_mesh() function.
Like in AP mode, you can also give the channel
to the join-mesh nl80211 command now.
Unlike AP mode, it picks a default channel if
none was given.
As libertas uses mesh mode interfaces but has
no join_mesh callback and we can't simply break
it, keep some compatibility code for that case
and configure the channel directly for it.
In the non-libertas case, where we store the
channel until join, allow setting it while the
interface is down.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of setting the channel first and then
starting the AP, let cfg80211 store the channel
and provide it as one of the AP settings.
This means that now you have to set the channel
before you can start an AP interface, but since
hostapd/wpa_supplicant always do that we're OK
with this change.
Alternatively, it's now possible to give the
channel as an attribute to the start-ap nl80211
command, overriding any preset channel.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change cfg80211_can_beacon_sec_chan() to return true
if there is no secondary channel to simplify all the
current users of it. They all check the channel type
before calling the function because it returns false
if there's no secondary channel.
Also actually document the return value.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move the set_channel function up so it can be used
by other code in this file in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no need for ieee80211_set_channel to check
whether a change in configuration happened since
ieee80211_hw_config() auto-detects it.
Additionally, it's wrong to pretend the HT config
for the BSS changed, it didn't, the BSS can't be
up & running (AP beaconing etc.) when the channel
type is changed anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of passing around the entire HT information
IE, extract only the HT parameters field and disable
HT if the HT information IE isn't present and well-
formed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_get_operstate() was used by drivers in order to
know whether the sta link is up, but it's no longer needed
(nor used) as mac80211 notifies the drivers about
authorization changes (via the sta_state callback)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Simplify the use of #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_IBSS_DEBUG/#endif
by adding a logging macro to encapsulate the test.
Convert the appropriate uses too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Simplify the use of #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_HT_DEBUG/#endif
by adding a logging macro to encapsulate the test.
Convert the appropriate uses too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Standardize the debugging to be able to use dynamic_debug.
Coalesce formats, align arguments.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Send beacon loss events to userspace, so it will be
able to initiate roaming before disconnection
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow channel change on a mesh interface if the interface is up and no
mesh is started.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_rx_mgmt_auth() doesn't handle denied authentication
properly - it authenticates the station and waits for association
(for 5 seconds) instead of failing the authentication.
Fix it by destroying auth_data and bailing out instead.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org #3.4
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 3a25a8c ("mac80211: add improved HW queue control")
added support for offchannel queue mapping. However, this
mapping is only valid when the driver supports
IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL.
Check whether the driver supports IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL
before setting the hw_queue to the mapped offchannel queue.
(This patch doesn't have any actual effect, because
hw_queue is overridden in ieee80211_tx() anyway,
so this is merely some cleanup)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Low level drivers can now set certain netdev feature bits in
netdev_features member of the ieee80211_hw struct. These will be
propagated to every netdev created from this HW.
The white-listed features currently include only ones related to HW
checksumming.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
sta_info_cleanup locks the sta_list using rcu_read_lock however
the delete operation isn't rcu safe. A race between sta_info_cleanup
timer being called and a STA being removed can occur which leads
to a panic while traversing sta_list. Fix this by switching to the
RCU-safe versions.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using | with a constant is always true.
Likely this should have be &.
cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When any interface goes down, it could be the one that we
were doing a remain-on-channel with. We therefore need to
cancel the remain-on-channel and flush the related work
structs so they don't run after the interface has been
removed or even destroyed.
It's also possible in this case that an off-channel SKB
was never transmitted, so free it if this is the case.
Note that this can also happen if the driver finishes
the off-channel period without ever starting it.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As part of hardware reconfig mac80211 tries
to restore the station state to its values
before the hardware reconfig, but it only
goes to the last-state - 1. Fix this
off-by-one error.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [3.4]
Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh station that joins an MBSS is reachable using mesh portal with 6
address frame by mesh stations from another MBSS if these two different
MBSSes are bridged. However, if the mesh station later moves into the
same MBSS of those mesh stations, it is unreachable by mesh stations
in the MBSS due to the mpp_paths table is not deleted. A quick fix
is to perform mesh_path_lookup, if it is available for the target
destination, mpp_path_lookup is not performed. When the mesh station
moves back to its original MBSS, the mesh_paths will be deleted once
expired. So, it will be reachable using mpp_path_lookup again.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 133d40f9a2
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Wed Mar 28 16:01:19 2012 +0200
mac80211: do not scan and monitor connection in parallel
add bug, which make possible to start a scan and never finish it, so
make every new scanning request finish with -EBUSY error. This can
happen on code paths where we finish connection monitoring and clear
IEEE80211_STA_*_POLL flags, but do not check if scan was deferred.
This patch fixes those code paths.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adding casts of objects to the same type is unnecessary
and confusing for a human reader.
For example, this cast:
int y;
int *p = (int *)&y;
I used the coccinelle script below to find and remove these
unnecessary casts. I manually removed the conversions this
script produces of casts with __force and __user.
@@
type T;
T *p;
@@
- (T *)p
+ p
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
WLAN_STA_BLOCK_BA is set while suspending but doesn't get cleared
when resuming in case of wowlan. This causes further ADDBA requests
received to be rejected. Fix it by clearing it in the wowlan path
as well.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 tries to verify the existence of the current AP by
probing or sending a NULL frame in function
ieee80211_mgd_probe_ap_send. It 1st sends a null frame to the AP,
increments probe_send_count and waits for the ACK to the NULL
frame for a finite duration of time. At times, it happens that by
the time mac80211 gets to increment probe_send_count, the ACK for
the NULL frame transmitted has already been processed. This leads
to a race condition where mac80211 times out waiting for the ACK
for the NULL frame causing unnecessary disconnection with the AP.
Signed-off-by: Soumik Das <soumik.das@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Determining types of peers is modified to have less indentation. This change is
suggested by Johannes. This patch also corrects the reference in comment to
IEEE 802.11-2012 version.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Johannes pointed out that the use of > operators for checking channel type
mismatch maynot be correct way as we may add other channel types in future.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This comment is deleted in the patch "mac80211: Advertise HT protection mode in
IEs". Moving the comment to the now corrected place.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Update the location of the network header when adding encryption
specific headers to a skb. This allows low-level drivers to use the
(now correct) location of the network header.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a flag for the HT format (mixed vs. greenfield)
to allow drivers to report that on receive. Not all
drivers will do that though, so allow drivers to set
which radiotap MCS details they report.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add IV-room in skb also for TKIP and WEP.
Extend patch: "mac80211: support adding IV-room in the skb for CCMP keys"
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In commit 12d3952fc4
("mac80211: optimize aggregation session timeout handling")
two bugs were introduced:
1) RCU usage was completely broken since no locks are held
2) the timer must not rearm when agg session is stopping
Reported-and-tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My queue management rework broke drivers that don't
have multiple AC queues and register a single queue
only, causing a warning:
WARNING: at net/mac80211/iface.c:162 ieee80211_check_queues
This was due to filling the queues wrongly and then
noticing the error when checking later.
Reported-and-Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Forwarded PREQ is either unicast or multicast. The appropriate counters
should be incremented accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Only send a cfg80211 new peer candidate notification if userspace has
yet to allocate this station entry.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Standardize the net core ratelimited logging functions.
Coalesce formats, align arguments.
Change a printk then vprintk sequence to use printf extension %pV.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
spatch/coccinelle isn't perfect. It doesn't understand
__aligned(x) and doesn't convert functions it can't parse.
Convert the remaining compare_ether_addr uses.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add
some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse
of compare_ether_addr for sorting.
Done via cocci script:
$ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !!ether_addr_equal(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a new mesh configuration parameter "ht_opmode" and will
allow user to check the current HT protection mode selected. Users could
configure the protection mode by the command "iw mesh_iface set mesh_param
mesh_ht_protection_mode=2". The default protection mode of mesh is set to
non-HT mixed mode.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that we have protection enabled, allow non-HT and HT20 stations to peer
with HT40+/- stations. Peering is still disallowed for HT40+/- mismatch.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Section 9.23.3.5 of IEEE 80211s standard describes the protection rules for
HT mesh STA in a MBSS. Three HT protection modes are supported for now:
non-HT mixed mode - is selected if any non-HT peers are present in our MBSS.
20MHz-protection mode - is selected if all peers in our 20/40MHz MBSS support
HT and atleast one HT20 peer is present.
no-protection mode - is selected otherwise.
This is a limited implementation of 9.23.3.5, which only considers mesh peers
when determining the HT protection mode. Station's channel_type needs to be
maintained.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The signal and noise are forced to be positive since ethtool
deals in unsigned 64-bit values and this number should be human
readable. This gives easy access to some of the data formerly
exposed in the deprecated /proc/net/wireless file.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds hooks to call into the driver to get additional
stats for the ethtool API.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This lets ethtool print out stats related to stations
connected to the interface. Does not yet get stats
from the underlying driver.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a mesh peer indicates it is operating as 20MHz-only in its HT
operation IE, have the rate control algorithm respect this by disabling
the equivalent bit in the ieee80211_sta HT capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers need the station rate info when inserting a new sta_info. The
patch "mac80211: refactor mesh peer initialization" wrongly assumed the
rate info could be applied after insertion. After further review, this
is clearly not the case.
This fixes a regression where HT parameters were not applied before
inserting the sta_info, causing performance degradation.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The rate control updation never be called on 2040 BSS change.
The station should update its rate control on receiving beacon
with different HT mode in the HT operation IE. Not doing so,
leads to sending frames with higher(ht40) rates whereas AP is
operating in lower mode (ht20).
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000e/param.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-agn-rx.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-trans-pcie-rx.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-trans.h
Resolved the iwlwifi conflict with mainline using 3-way diff posted
by John Linville and Stephen Rothwell. In 'net' we added a bug
fix to make iwlwifi report a more accurate skb->truesize but this
conflicted with RX path changes that happened meanwhile in net-next.
In e1000e a conflict arose in the validation code for settings of
adapter->itr. 'net-next' had more sophisticated logic so that
logic was used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EAP frames for stations in an AP VLAN are sent on the main AP interface
to avoid race conditions wrt. moving stations.
For that to work properly, sta_info_get_bss must be used instead of
sta_info_get when sending EAP packets.
Previously this was only done for cooked monitor injected packets, so
this patch adds a check for tx->skb->protocol to the same place.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adds hepler to clean sdata ieee80211_clean_sdata similar way as
ieee80211_setup_sdata is implemented. The function will be used by other
interfaces later.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Moving a STA to an AP VLAN prevents num_mcast_sta from being decremented
once the STA leaves, because sta->sdata changes. Fix this by checking
for AP VLANs as well.
Also exclude 4-addr VLAN stations from num_mcast_sta - remote 4-addr
stations ignore 3-address multicast frames anyway. In a typical bridge
configuration they receive the same packets as 4-address unicast.
This patch also fixes clearing the sdata->u.vlan.sta pointer when the
STA is removed from a 4-addr VLAN.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is only used to test for BSS multicast receivers.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Average beacon signal only keep tracked by managed interface,
give warning and return 0 for the others.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix merge between commit 3adadc08cc ("net ax25: Reorder ax25_exit to
remove races") and commit 0ca7a4c87d ("net ax25: Simplify and
cleanup the ax25 sysctl handling")
The former moved around the sysctl register/unregister calls, the
later simply removed them.
With help from Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_ave_rssi need to be declare as export for driver to use it.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The original patch defined the correction margin but did not apply it.
Signed-off-by: Shinichi Hotori <hotorinn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yu Niiro <yu.niiro@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
According to IEEE 802.11 8.4.2.59, set the "STA channel width" bit to 0
if transmitting STA is using a 20mhz channel.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Blindly setting ht caps on a mesh peer's station entry would result in
MCS rates being used by the rate control algorithm even if no ht had
been configured. Fix this by checking the channel type before assigning
ht capabilites.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To avoid passing supp_rates and basic_rates around all the time, just
derive these when needed in mesh_matches_local() and mesh_peer_init().
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch unifies the previous two paths toward mesh peer creation a
bit. It also fixes a bug where a peer's changing rates or HT mode
wouldn't register on leaving and then returning to the mesh with a sta
entry still present.
Also clean up locking and clear possibly stale ht cap.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This based on an idea posted by Stanislaw Gruszka,
though I accept full blame for the implementation!
This has been tested with ath9k.
The idea is to let users scan on the current operating
channel without interrupting normal traffic more than
absolutely necessary (changing power level might reset
some hardware, for instance).
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The broken check leads to rate control attempting to use HT40 while
the driver is configured for HT20. This leads to interesting hardware
issues.
HT40 can only be used if the channel type is either HT40- or HT40+
and if the channel type of the cell matches the local type.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cooked monitor rx was recently changed to use ieee80211_add_rx_radiotap_header
instead of generating only limited radiotap information.
ieee80211_add_rx_radiotap_header assumes that FCS info is still present if
the hardware supports receiving it, however when cooked monitor rx packets
are processed, FCS info has already been stripped.
Fix this by adding an extra flag indicating FCS presence.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add utility function to provide the average rssi per vif
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When testing mesh synchronization we observed a global TSF slowdown that
was dependent on the number of synchronized mesh stations. This seems
to be caused by the TSF adjustment (read/write) latency.
Adding a small margin to the Toffset setpoint solved the problem.
Signed-off-by: Shinichi Hotori <hotorinn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yu Niiro <yu.niiro@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 3a25a8c8 (mac80211: add improved HW queue control) introduced a
bug when running in AP mode without the IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL
flag set. The ieee80211_check_queues() function always returns
-EINVAL, preventing AP mode from starting. To fix this, check whether
this flag is set before checking if cab_queue is set properly.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
its not used where, while we directly obtain ieee80211_bss's
pointer in ibss.c by calling cfg80211_get_bss
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Removes hw.conf.channel usage from the following functions:
* ieee80211_mandatory_rates
* ieee80211_sta_get_rates
* ieee80211_frame_duration
* ieee80211_rts_duration
* ieee80211_ctstoself_duration
This is in preparation for multi-channel operation.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I noticed a possible issue in the status count field management of the
ieee80211_tx_info data structure. In particular, when the AGGR
processing is employed,
status.rates[].count is set just for the first frame and not for
others belonging to the same burst, leading to wrong statistic data in
the mac80211 debug file system.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the current channel is known, add frequency and channel type to
NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Before we send probes in connection monitoring we check if scan is not
pending. But we do that check without locking. Fix that and also do not
start scan if connection monitoring is in progress.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Record the RANN sender's address only for RANNs that meet the acceptance
criteria (per sections 13.10.12.4.2).
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In WoWLAN, we only get the triggers when we actually get
to suspend. As a consequence, drivers currently don't
know that the device should enable wakeup. However, the
device_set_wakeup_enable() API is intended to be called
when the wakeup is enabled, not later when needed.
Add a new set_wakeup() call to cfg80211 and mac80211 to
allow drivers to properly call device_set_wakeup_enable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Eliad's comment prompted me to look closer at
the error paths in ieee80211_do_open() and I
found one that should use the error labels.
Also add a comment about the clear_bit since
in many error cases the bit hasn't been set.
Cc: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue
per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel
uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue
is full and then try to send an off-channel frame
the frame will never go out. This will become worse
when we support multi-channel since then a queue on
one channel might be full, but we have to stop the
software queue for all channels. That is obviously
not desirable.
To address this problem allow drivers to register
more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to
virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue
the corresponding AC software queues on the correct
interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally,
there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem
and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This
allows drivers to manage software queues closer to
how the hardware works.
Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues.
This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it
as needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The queue mapping redesign that I'm planning to do
will break pure injection unless we handle monitor
interfaces explicitly. One possible option would
be to have the driver tell mac80211 about monitor
mode queues etc., but that would duplicate the API
since we already need to have queue assignments
handled per virtual interface.
So in order to solve this, have a virtual monitor
interface that is added whenever all active vifs
are monitors. We could also use the state of one
of the monitor interfaces, but managing that would
be complicated, so allocate separate state.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The AP netdev is really only active when beaconing, so
manage the carrier state accordingly. Also do that for
VLAN interfaces enslaved to a given AP interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Section 13.2.3 of IEEE 80211s standard requires BSSBasicRateSet of mesh nodes
to be identical to establish peer link.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Basic rates are added with supported rates IE and extended supported
rates IE.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Report Toffset to userspace.
Let userspace select the mesh synchronization method.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@s2005.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Zubarev <pavel.zubarev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds MBSS extensible synchronization framework (Sec.
13.13.2 of IEEE Std. 802.11-2012).
The framework is implemented via an ops table which defines the
following functions:
rx_bcn_presp() - this is called every time a mesh beacon is
received.
adjust_tbtt() - this is called immediately before a beacon is about
to be transmitted.
The default neighbor offset synchronization defined in the standard is
implemented. We also provide template functions for vendor specific
methods.
When neighbor offset synchronization is active (which is the default)
mesh neighbors in the same MBSS will track timing offsets to each other
and compensate clock drift.
In our tests we observed that this mesh synchronization implementation
successfully corrected drifts between stations of ~2PPM while
introducing a jitter of ~20us.
It is also possible to test this framework on mac80211_hwsim simulated
phys to see how it behaves under different topologies, over poor links,
etc.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@s2005.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Zubarev <pavel.zubarev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reading and writing back the tsf value via tsf is too slow if one wants
to make small increments to this timer. With this change you can use
the syntax "+=<some value>" or "-=<some value>" to add or substract a
value from the tsf counter.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While associated we should never have empty SSID, but life can be full
of surprises, and is allways better to print a warning than crash.
Before memcpy() in ieee80211_probereq_get() check ssid_len instead of
ssid pointer, sice pointer it always passed by "ssidie + 2" expression
to send probe functions, so practically never can be NULL.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When comparing hw->queues to determine if the
device is QoS capable, use IEEE80211_NUM_ACS
instead of just 4.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When adding pending SKBs there's no need to
stop all queues, we only need to stop those
that we're adding frames to. Implement that
by lazily stopping a queue as we add an SKB.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the queue status changes we need to do a fair
bit of work, so ignore no-op changes early.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we get more hardware queues, we'll still want
to only have netdev queues per AC, so set it up in
that way. If the hardware doesn't support QoS (by
not supporting at least 4 queues) the netdevs get
a single queue only (this is no change in behavior
as there are no drivers with 2 or 3 queues today.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers that don't support QoS also don't support
setting up their ACs, catch that early. While at
it, remove the input check since cfg80211 does it
now.
Also fix up the restart code to not try to set up
the queues in this case.
Finally also change the tx_conf array to have
IEEE80211_NUM_ACS entries instead of # of queues
since that's what it really needs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the plan to change mac80211's queue API to
not map ACs to queues 1:1, it seems necessary to
clarify some APIs that act on ACs rather than on
queues to spell that out explicitly. Do this.
Also verify that the AC number given is valid.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Devices that have internal rate control need to be
notified when the bandwidth or SMPS state changes
just like external rate control algorithms get a
notification now.
Add this notification and clarify the change bits
while at it, the HT_CHANGED bit really meant only
bandwidth changed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We currently stop the queue when changing the rate
control between 20/40 MHz in the BSS. This seems to
have been necessary when we actually changed the
channel, but now that we just update the station it
doesn't seem right any more. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The channel type argument to the rate_update()
callback isn't really the correct way to give
the rate control algorithm about the desired
RX bandwidth of the peer.
Remove this argument, and instead update the
STA capabilities with 20/40 appropriately. The
SMPS update done by this callback works in the
same way, so this makes the callback cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Changing the channel type during operation is
confusing to some drivers and will be hard to
handle in multi-channel scenarios. Instead of
changing the channel, set it to the right HT
channel before authenticating/associating and
don't change it -- just update the 20/40 MHz
restrictions in rate control as needed when
changed by the AP.
This also fixes a problem that Paul missed in
his fix for the "regulatory makes us deaf"
issue -- when we couldn't use 40 MHz we still
associated saying we were using 40 MHz, which
could in similarly broken APs make us never
even connect successfully.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use the AC constants instead of hard-coding
the numbers with comments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is a trivial wrapper function, inline it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no reason for it to not be static.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Clean up the code formatting and also replace
the constant 0 by IEEE80211_AC_VO.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix bad indentation & pointless if nesting.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Not all devices are really capable of implementing
remain-on-channel, even if it is implemented in SW,
as they can't necessarily deal with channel changes
while associated.
Remove the WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL and add
it only if either the driver has remain_on_channel
implemented in the driver/device.
Also add it to all drivers that advertise P2P right
now since those definitely have to have it working.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch is intended to solve the follwing issues in RANN propagation:
[1] The interval in propagated RANN should be based on the interval of received RANN.
[2] The aggregated path metric for propagated RANN is as received plus own link metric
towards the transmitting mesh STA (not root mesh STA).
[3] The comparison of path metric for RANN with same sequence number should be done
before deciding whether to propagate or not.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The HWMP sequence number of received RANN element is compared to decide whether to be
propagated. The sequence number is required to covert from 32bit little endian data into
CPUs endianness for comparison. The same applies to the RANN metric.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When receiving DTIM we currently disable power save mode in the
hardware unconditionally, i.e. also when the hardware was not sleeping.
This causes trouble with at least one wireless chipset (Ralink RT3572).
When the hardware is not sleeping and we send a wakeup command (e.g.
this happens after a scan) then a significant decrease of the link
quality or a disconnect may occur.
Disabling power save mode only when it was enabled prevents this issue.
Signed-off-by: Ronald Wahl <ronald.wahl@raritan.com>
Reviewed-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Calling mod_timer from the rx/tx hotpath is somewhat expensive, and the
timeout doesn't need to be so precise.
Switch to a different strategy: Schedule the timer initially, store jiffies
of all last rx/tx activity which would previously modify the timer, and
let the timer re-arm itself after checking the last rx/tx timestamp.
Make the session timers deferrable to avoid causing extra wakeups on systems
running on battery.
This visibly reduces CPU load under high network load on small embedded
systems.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This lets the user know which interface has failed
the check_sdata_in_driver check.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since some of the HT code pre-dates 802.11n-2009
some names are wrong. The one that bothers me most
is that "HT operation" is called "HT information"
in our code and that causes confusion.
Rename "HT information" to "HT operation" and also
the control_chan field to primary_chan to match
the name used in the spec.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes the probe frame (nullfunc) is stuck at the hw queue. so that
the mac80211 terminates the connection as it wont see the tx status.
Instead of waiting for long period for ack status, lets call flush
to get nullfunc status immediately. It also helps to send the nullfunc
till max tries reached.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There might be latency at AP side to update TIM IE which could cause the
station to send pspoll frame even after the wakeup. If the powersave is
disabled, the nullfunc notification alone is sufficient to receive
frames from the AP. And if the pspoll frame was already sent, no need to
resend the frame till it was acked by AP.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TU_TO_EXP_TIME() macro already includes the
"jiffies +" piece of the calculation, so don't
add jiffies again.
Reported-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Merge batch of fixes from Andrew Morton:
"The simple_open() cleanup was held back while I wanted for laggards to
merge things.
I still need to send a few checkpoint/restore patches. I've been
wobbly about merging them because I'm wobbly about the overall
prospects for success of the project. But after speaking with Pavel
at the LSF conference, it sounds like they're further toward
completion than I feared - apparently davem is at the "has stopped
complaining" stage regarding the net changes. So I need to go back
and re-review those patchs and their (lengthy) discussion."
* emailed from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (16 patches)
memcg swap: use mem_cgroup_uncharge_swap fix
backlight: add driver for DA9052/53 PMIC v1
C6X: use set_current_blocked() and block_sigmask()
MAINTAINERS: add entry for sparse checker
MAINTAINERS: fix REMOTEPROC F: typo
alpha: use set_current_blocked() and block_sigmask()
simple_open: automatically convert to simple_open()
scripts/coccinelle/api/simple_open.cocci: semantic patch for simple_open()
libfs: add simple_open()
hugetlbfs: remove unregister_filesystem() when initializing module
drivers/rtc/rtc-88pm860x.c: fix rtc irq enable callback
fs/xattr.c:setxattr(): improve handling of allocation failures
fs/xattr.c:listxattr(): fall back to vmalloc() if kmalloc() failed
fs/xattr.c: suppress page allocation failure warnings from sys_listxattr()
sysrq: use SEND_SIG_FORCED instead of force_sig()
proc: fix mount -t proc -o AAA
Many users of debugfs copy the implementation of default_open() when
they want to support a custom read/write function op. This leads to a
proliferation of the default_open() implementation across the entire
tree.
Now that the common implementation has been consolidated into libfs we
can replace all the users of this function with simple_open().
This replacement was done with the following semantic patch:
<smpl>
@ open @
identifier open_f != simple_open;
identifier i, f;
@@
-int open_f(struct inode *i, struct file *f)
-{
(
-if (i->i_private)
-f->private_data = i->i_private;
|
-f->private_data = i->i_private;
)
-return 0;
-}
@ has_open depends on open @
identifier fops;
identifier open.open_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
-.open = open_f,
+.open = simple_open,
...
};
</smpl>
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes]
Signed-off-by: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Whenever the station informs the AP that it is about to leave the
operating channel, the timestamp should be recorded. It is handled
in scan resume but not in scan start. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Is possible that we will arm the tid_rx->reorder_timer after
del_timer_sync() in ___ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(). We need to stop
timer after RCU grace period finish, so move it to
ieee80211_free_tid_rx(). Timer will not be armed again, as
rcu_dereference(sta->ampdu_mlme.tid_rx[tid]) will return NULL.
Debug object detected problem with the following warning:
ODEBUG: free active (active state 0) object type: timer_list hint: sta_rx_agg_reorder_timer_expired+0x0/0xf0 [mac80211]
Bug report (with all warning messages):
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=804007
Reported-by: "jan p. springer" <jsd@igroup.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The on-oper-channel optimization was reverted,
so remove the outdated comment as well.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pull networking merge from David Miller:
"1) Move ixgbe driver over to purely page based buffering on receive.
From Alexander Duyck.
2) Add receive packet steering support to e1000e, from Bruce Allan.
3) Convert TCP MD5 support over to RCU, from Eric Dumazet.
4) Reduce cpu usage in handling out-of-order TCP packets on modern
systems, also from Eric Dumazet.
5) Support the IP{,V6}_UNICAST_IF socket options, making the wine
folks happy, from Erich Hoover.
6) Support VLAN trunking from guests in hyperv driver, from Haiyang
Zhang.
7) Support byte-queue-limtis in r8169, from Igor Maravic.
8) Outline code intended for IP_RECVTOS in IP_PKTOPTIONS existed but
was never properly implemented, Jiri Benc fixed that.
9) 64-bit statistics support in r8169 and 8139too, from Junchang Wang.
10) Support kernel side dump filtering by ctmark in netfilter
ctnetlink, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
11) Support byte-queue-limits in gianfar driver, from Paul Gortmaker.
12) Add new peek socket options to assist with socket migration, from
Pavel Emelyanov.
13) Add sch_plug packet scheduler whose queue is controlled by
userland daemons using explicit freeze and release commands. From
Shriram Rajagopalan.
14) Fix FCOE checksum offload handling on transmit, from Yi Zou."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1846 commits)
Fix pppol2tp getsockname()
Remove printk from rds_sendmsg
ipv6: fix incorrent ipv6 ipsec packet fragment
cpsw: Hook up default ndo_change_mtu.
net: qmi_wwan: fix build error due to cdc-wdm dependecy
netdev: driver: ethernet: Add TI CPSW driver
netdev: driver: ethernet: add cpsw address lookup engine support
phy: add am79c874 PHY support
mlx4_core: fix race on comm channel
bonding: send igmp report for its master
fs_enet: Add MPC5125 FEC support and PHY interface selection
net: bpf_jit: fix BPF_S_LDX_B_MSH compilation
net: update the usage of CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY
fcoe: use CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY instead of CHECKSUM_PARTIAL on tx
net: do not do gso for CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY in netif_needs_gso
ixgbe: Fix issues with SR-IOV loopback when flow control is disabled
net/hyperv: Fix the code handling tx busy
ixgbe: fix namespace issues when FCoE/DCB is not enabled
rtlwifi: Remove unused ETH_ADDR_LEN defines
igbvf: Use ETH_ALEN
...
Fix up fairly trivial conflicts in drivers/isdn/gigaset/interface.c and
drivers/net/usb/{Kconfig,qmi_wwan.c} as per David.
Pull RCU changes for v3.4 from Ingo Molnar. The major features of this
series are:
- making RCU more aggressive about entering dyntick-idle mode in order
to improve energy efficiency
- converting a few more call_rcu()s to kfree_rcu()s
- applying a number of rcutree fixes and cleanups to rcutiny
- removing CONFIG_SMP #ifdefs from treercu
- allowing RCU CPU stall times to be set via sysfs
- adding CPU-stall capability to rcutorture
- adding more RCU-abuse diagnostics
- updating documentation
- fixing yet more issues located by the still-ongoing top-to-bottom
inspection of RCU, this time with a special focus on the CPU-hotplug
code path.
* 'core-rcu-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (48 commits)
rcu: Stop spurious warnings from synchronize_sched_expedited
rcu: Hold off RCU_FAST_NO_HZ after timer posted
rcu: Eliminate softirq-mediated RCU_FAST_NO_HZ idle-entry loop
rcu: Add RCU_NONIDLE() for idle-loop RCU read-side critical sections
rcu: Allow nesting of rcu_idle_enter() and rcu_idle_exit()
rcu: Remove redundant check for rcu_head misalignment
PTR_ERR should be called before its argument is cleared.
rcu: Convert WARN_ON_ONCE() in rcu_lock_acquire() to lockdep
rcu: Trace only after NULL-pointer check
rcu: Call out dangers of expedited RCU primitives
rcu: Rework detection of use of RCU by offline CPUs
lockdep: Add CPU-idle/offline warning to lockdep-RCU splat
rcu: No interrupt disabling for rcu_prepare_for_idle()
rcu: Move synchronize_sched_expedited() to rcutree.c
rcu: Check for illegal use of RCU from offlined CPUs
rcu: Update stall-warning documentation
rcu: Add CPU-stall capability to rcutorture
rcu: Make documentation give more realistic rcutorture duration
rcutorture: Permit holding off CPU-hotplug operations during boot
rcu: Print scheduling-clock information on RCU CPU stall-warning messages
...
uapsd_queues and uapsd_max_sp_len are relevant only for managed
interfaces, and can be configured differently for each vif.
Move them from the local struct to sdata->u.mgd, and update
the debugfs functions accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some debugfs write functions call kstrto* functions, which
assume the string is null-terminated. Make it valid by changing
ieee80211_if_write() to use static buffer instead of allocating
one, and set the last char to NULL.
(The write functions try to parse some integer/mac address,
so 64 bytes buffer should be enough)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The current max throughput rate is known to be good as otherwise it
wouldn't be the max throughput rate. Since rate sampling can introduce
some overhead (by adding RTS for example or due to not aggregating the
frame) don't sample the max throughput rate.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When regulatory information changes our HT behavior (e.g,
when we get a country code from the AP we have just associated
with), we should use this information to change the power with
which we transmit, and what channels we transmit. Sometimes
the channel parameters we derive from regulatory information
contradicts the parameters we used in association. For example,
we could have associated specifying HT40, but the regulatory
rules we apply may forbid HT40 operation.
In the situation above, we should reconfigure ourselves to
transmit in HT20 only, however it makes no sense for us to
disable receive in HT40, since if we associated with these
parameters, the AP has every reason to expect we can and
will receive packets this way. The code in mac80211 does
not have the capability of sending the appropriate action
frames to signal a change in HT behaviour so the AP has
no clue we can no longer receive frames encoded this way.
In some broken AP implementations, this can leave us
effectively deaf if the AP never retries in lower HT rates.
This change breaks up the channel_type parameter in the
ieee80211_enable_ht function into a separate receive and
transmit part. It honors the channel flags set by regulatory
in order to configure the rate control algorithm, but uses
the capability flags to configure the channel on the radio,
since these were used in association to set the AP's transmit
rate.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Cc: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Luis R Rodriguez <mcgrof@frijolero.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This value is not really very useful by itself,
yet some drivers (including iwlwifi until I can
figure out what it should do) use it. At least
rename it to "last_tsf" to indicate the meaning
and add a note that it may be really old.
I suspect the value may become useful combined
with the rx_status->mactime, but we don't (yet)
store that value and pass it to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Not linearizing every SKB will help actually pass
non-linear SKBs all the way up when on an encrypted
connection. For now, linearize TKIP completely as
it is lower performance and I don't quite grok all
the details.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is better done inside the WEP decrypt
function where it doesn't have to check all
the conditions any more since they've been
tested already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The authentication and association handshake
already happens in the context of the new BSS,
and the basic rates are needed at least for
the ACK response frame to the authentication
or association response frames. Therefore the
basic rates should already be configured into
the driver when those frames are sent.
Change the logic to set up the basic rates in
the connection preparation that happens for
authentication and association (if needed).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As associating is possible without first authenticating
(for FT over DS) association also has to be able to
switch to the right channel, insert the station entry
etc. Factor out this common code into a new function
called ieee80211_prep_connection().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The BSSID has been set a lot earlier already and
didn't change again in ieee80211_set_associated().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of setting assoc_data->wmm_used solely
based on the BSS also take into account our own
capabilities and later check those.
Also rename "wmm_used" and "uapsd_used" to just
"wmm" and "uapsd".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Always set/use IEEE80211_STA_DISABLE_11N instead
of duplicating the queue, WMM and HT checks in
all places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Looks like some changes in this area moved
the code but not the comment that belongs
to the code, move it to the right place.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Disable multi stream rates (MCS > 7) when a STA is in static SMPS mode
since it has only one active rx chain. Hence, it doesn't even make
sense to sample multi stream rates.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As we've discussed, we want to avoid channel changes
while associated. While the part when we actually
associate needs a bit more work, the bit that happens
on disassociating can be changed quite easily. Move
the channel type change later in the disassociate
process to set the channel only after the driver was
told that it's now disassociated.
As the driver could expect powersave to be enabled
only when associated, this thus results in splitting
the config call, but overall what happens makes more
sense this way.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the station state callback was added, this
was no longer needed in theory. With the iwlwifi
changes to remove use of it landing, we can kill
the entire tx-sync framework again, RIP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While setting up or tearing down a BA session mac80211 is buffering
pending frames for the according TID. However, there's currently no
limit on how many frames are buffered possibly leading to an out-of-
memory situation. This can happen on systems with little memory when
the CPU is fully loaded since the BA session work is executed in
process context while frames can still come via softirq.
Apply a limitation to the TIDs pending queue to avoid consuming
too much memory in this situation.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The patch "{nl,cfg,mac}80211: Implement RSSI threshold for mesh peering"
has a potential null pointer dereferencing problem. Thanks to Dan Carpenter
for pointing out. This patch will fix the issue.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 is lenient with respect to reception of corrupted beacons.
Even if the frame is corrupted as a whole, the available IE elements
are still passed back and accepted, sometimes replacing legitimate
data. It is unknown to what extent this "feature" is made use of,
but it is clear that in some cases, this is detrimental. One such
case is reported in http://crosbug.com/26832 where an AP corrupts
its beacons but not its probe responses.
One approach would be to completely reject frames with invaid data
(for example, if the last tag extends beyond the end of the enclosing
PDU). The enclosed approach is much more conservative: we simply
prevent later IEs from overwriting the state from previous ones.
This approach hopes that there might be some salient data in the
IE stream before the corruption, and seeks to at least prevent that
data from being overwritten. This approach will fix the case above.
Further, we flag element structures that contain data we think might
be corrupted, so that as we fill the mac80211 BSS structure, we try
not to replace data from an un-corrupted probe response with that
of a corrupted beacon, for example.
Short of any statistics gathering in the various forms of AP breakage,
it's not possible to ascertain the side effects of more stringent
discarding of data.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Cc: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Cc: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Airtime link metric estimation was broken in HT mesh, use
cfg80211_calculate_bitrate to get the right rate value.
Also factor out tx rate copying from sta_set_sinfo().
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the signal strength (in dBm only for now) to
frames that are received via nl80211's various
frame APIs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When associating and particularly when disassociating
there's no need to notify the driver about changes
with multiple calls to bss_info_changed, we should
combine the QoS enabling/disabling into the same call
as otherwise the driver could get confused about QoS
suddenly getting disabled while connected.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no need to hardcode a subset of the
radiotap header for cooked monitor receive,
we can just reuse the normal monitor mode
radiotap code. This simplifies the code and
extends the information available on cooked
monitor interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
RANN, PREP and PERR propagation should happen only if the
dot11MeshForwarding is true. Besides, data frame should not be
forwarded if dot11MeshForwarding is false. This redundant checking
is necessary to avoid the broadcasted ARP breaking the non-forwarding
rule.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For A-MPDU rx it makes sense to only process the signal strength once per
aggregate instead of once per subframe. Additonally, some hardware (e.g.
Atheros) only provides valid signal strength information for the last
subframe.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Because of the constant size and guaranteed 16 bit alignment, the inline
compare_ether_addr function is much cheaper than calling memcmp.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Several MAC address comparison functions assume 16 bit alignment for pointers
passed to them. Since the addition of the control_port field, alignment
for the IBSS bssid was off by one, causing a severe performance hit on
architectures without efficient unaligned access (e.g. MIPS).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh peer links are established only if average rssi of the peer
candidate satisfies the threshold. This is not in 802.11s specification
but was requested by David Fulgham, an open80211s user. This is a way to avoid
marginal peer links with stations that are barely within range.
This patch adds a new mesh configuration parameter, mesh_rssi_threshold. This
feature is supported only for hardwares that report signal in dBm.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
According to Section Y.7.4 Actions on receipt of proactive RANN, an individually
addressed PREQ should be generated towards the neighbor peer mesh STA indicated
in the RANN Sender Address field in the forwarding information.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This renames the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE
TX flag to IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER and also
uses it for non-bufferable MMPDUs (all MMPDUs but
deauth, disassoc and action frames.)
Previously, mac80211 would let the MMPDU through
but not set the flag so drivers supporting some
hardware aids for avoiding the PS races would
then reject the frame.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The association sequence looks (roughly) like
this now:
* set BSSID
* set station to EXIST state
* send auth
* set station to AUTH state
* send assoc
* set station to ASSOC state
* set BSS info to associated
In contrast, the deauth/disassoc sequence is
the other way around:
* clear BSSID/BSS info state
* remove station
* send deauth/disassoc
(in some cases the last two steps are reversed.)
This patch encodes the entire sequence in the
ieee80211_set_disassoc() function and changes
it to be like this, for good measure with an
explicit flush:
* send deauth/disassoc
* flush
* remove station
* clear BSSID/BSS info state
At least iwlwifi gets confused with the other
sequence in P2P mode and complains that it
wasn't able to flush the queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When ieee80211_set_disassoc() is called with the
tx argument set to true, it will send DelBA out
to the peer. This isn't useful or necessary in a
few cases where we do it today, those being when
we lost the connection or when the supplicant
explicitly asked us to not tell the AP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of calling cfg80211 in ieee80211_send_deauth_disassoc()
pass out the frame and call it from the caller. That saves the
SKB allocation if we don't actually want to send the frame and
enables us to make the ordering smarter in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In "cfg80211: no cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX()"
Holger Schurig removed the cookies in the calls
from mac80211 to cfg80211, but the ones in the
other direction were left in. Remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The major features of this series are:
- making RCU more aggressive about entering dyntick-idle mode in order to
improve energy efficiency
- converting a few more call_rcu()s to kfree_rcu()s
- applying a number of rcutree fixes and cleanups to rcutiny
- removing CONFIG_SMP #ifdefs from treercu
- allowing RCU CPU stall times to be set via sysfs
- adding CPU-stall capability to rcutorture
- adding more RCU-abuse diagnostics
- updating documentation
- fixing yet more issues located by the still-ongoing top-to-bottom
inspection of RCU, this time with a special focus on the
CPU-hotplug code path.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
That's a lot longer than open-coding it and
doesn't really add value, so just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The comment for sta_info_flush() states
"Returns the number of removed STA entries"
but that isn't actually true. Consequently,
the warning when a station is still around
on interface removal can never trigger and
this delayed finding the timer issue the
previous patch fixed. Fix the return value
here to make that warning useful again.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When removing an interface while it is in the
process of authenticating or associating, we
leak the auth_data or assoc_data, and leave
the timer pending. The timer then crashes the
system when it fires as its data is gone.
Fix this by explicitly deleting all the data
when the interface is removed. This uncovered
another bug -- this problem should have been
detected by the sta_info_flush() warning but
that function doesn't ever return non-zero,
I'll fix that in a separate patch.
Reported-by: Hieu Nguyen <hieux.c.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use interface data from sta instead of invalid pointer
to list head in calls to drv_sta_state.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Eliad reports that if a scan finishes in the
middle of processing associated (however it
happens), the interface can go idle. This is
because we set assoc_data to NULL before we
set associated. Change the order so any idle
check will find either one of them.
Doing this requires duplicating the TX sync
processing, but I already have a patch to
delete that completely and will submit that
as soon as my driver changes to no longer
require it are submitted.
Reported-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Tested-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some files implicitly get this via mesh.h
which itself doesn't need it, so move the
inclusion into the right files. Some other
files don't need it at all but include it,
so remove it from there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_restart_sta_timer() takes care for enqueueing
monitor_work if needed, so no need to do it again.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Devices that monitor the connection in the hw don't need
the monitor work in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The AP/GO mode API isn't very clearly defined, it
has "set beacon" and "new beacon" etc.
Modify the API to the following:
* start AP -- all settings
* change beacon -- new beacon data
* stop AP -- stop AP mode operation
This also reflects in the nl80211 API, rename
the commands there correspondingly (but keep
the old names for compatibility.)
Overall, this makes it much clearer what's going
on in the API.
Kalle developed the ath6kl changes, I created
the rest of the patch.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
nothing needs to be done for monitor/AP_VLAN mode on calling
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify -> drv_bss_info_changed with the change
flag 'BSS_CHANGED_IDLE'. 'wl1271' seems to use BSS_CHANGED_IDLE only for
STA and IBSS mode. further the non-idle state of the monitor mode is
taken care by the 'count' variable which counts non-idle interfaces.
ieee80211_idle_off(local, "in use") will be called.
this fixes the following WARNING when we have initially STA mode
(network manager running) and not associated, and change it to monitor
mode with network manager disabled and bringing up the monitor mode.
this changes the idle state from 'true' (STA unassociated) to 'false'
(MONITOR mode)
exposed by the commit 405385f8ce
"mac80211: set bss_conf.idle when vif is connected"
WARNING: net/mac80211/main.c:212
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x1cf/0x330 [mac80211]()
Hardware name: 64756D6
Pid: 3835, comm: ifconfig Tainted: G O
3.3.0-rc3-wl #9
Call Trace:
[<c0133b02>] warn_slowpath_common+0x72/0xa0
[<fc8e8c3f>] ?
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x1cf/0x330 [mac80211]
[<fc8e8c3f>] ?
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x1cf/0x330 [mac80211]
[<c0133b52>] warn_slowpath_null+0x22/0x30
[<fc8e8c3f>]
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x1cf/0x330 [mac80211]
[<fc8f9de3>] __ieee80211_recalc_idle+0x113/0x430
[mac80211]
[<fc8fabc6>] ieee80211_do_open+0x156/0x7e0 [mac80211]
[<fc8f8a25>] ?
ieee80211_check_concurrent_iface+0x25/0x180 [mac80211]
[<c015dd9f>] ? raw_notifier_call_chain+0x1f/0x30
[<fc8fb290>] ieee80211_open+0x40/0x80 [mac80211]
[<c05894f6>] __dev_open+0x96/0xe0
[<c068fba5>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x35/0x40
[<c05881d9>] __dev_change_flags+0x109/0x170
[<c0589423>] dev_change_flags+0x23/0x60
[<c05f3770>] devinet_ioctl+0x6a0/0x770
ieee80211 phy0: device no longer idle - in use
Cc: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rate control algorithms concludes the rate as invalid
with rate[i].idx < -1 , while they do also check for rate[i].count is
non-zero. it would be safer to zero initialize the 'count' field.
recently we had a ath9k rate control crash where the ath9k rate control
in ath_tx_status assumed to check only for rate[i].count being non-zero
in one instance and ended up in using invalid rate index for
'connection monitoring NULL func frames' which eventually lead to the crash.
thanks to Pavel Roskin for fixing it and finding the root cause.
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=768639
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The call_rcu() in mesh_gate_del() invokes mesh_gate_node_reclaim(),
which simply calls kfree(). So convert the call_rcu() to kfree_rcu(),
allowing mesh_gate_node_reclaim() to be eliminated.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Most rate control implementations assume .get_rate and .tx_status are only
called once the per-station data has been fully initialized.
minstrel_ht crashes if this assumption is violated.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are situations where we don't have the
necessary rate control information yet for
station entries, e.g. when associating. This
currently doesn't really happen due to the
dummy station handling; explicitly disabling
rate control when it's not initialised will
allow us to remove dummy stations.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
read_lock(&tpt_trig->trig.leddev_list_lock) is accessed via the path
ieee80211_open (->) ieee80211_do_open (->) ieee80211_mod_tpt_led_trig
(->) ieee80211_start_tpt_led_trig (->) tpt_trig_timer before initializing
it.
the intilization of this read/write lock happens via the path
ieee80211_led_init (->) led_trigger_register, but we are doing
'ieee80211_led_init' after 'ieeee80211_if_add' where we
register netdev_ops.
so we access leddev_list_lock before initializing it and causes the
following bug in chrome laptops with AR928X cards with the following
script
while true
do
sudo modprobe -v ath9k
sleep 3
sudo modprobe -r ath9k
sleep 3
done
BUG: rwlock bad magic on CPU#1, wpa_supplicant/358, f5b9eccc
Pid: 358, comm: wpa_supplicant Not tainted 3.0.13 #1
Call Trace:
[<8137b9df>] rwlock_bug+0x3d/0x47
[<81179830>] do_raw_read_lock+0x19/0x29
[<8137f063>] _raw_read_lock+0xd/0xf
[<f9081957>] tpt_trig_timer+0xc3/0x145 [mac80211]
[<f9081f3a>] ieee80211_mod_tpt_led_trig+0x152/0x174 [mac80211]
[<f9076a3f>] ieee80211_do_open+0x11e/0x42e [mac80211]
[<f9075390>] ? ieee80211_check_concurrent_iface+0x26/0x13c [mac80211]
[<f9076d97>] ieee80211_open+0x48/0x4c [mac80211]
[<812dbed8>] __dev_open+0x82/0xab
[<812dc0c9>] __dev_change_flags+0x9c/0x113
[<812dc1ae>] dev_change_flags+0x18/0x44
[<8132144f>] devinet_ioctl+0x243/0x51a
[<81321ba9>] inet_ioctl+0x93/0xac
[<812cc951>] sock_ioctl+0x1c6/0x1ea
[<812cc78b>] ? might_fault+0x20/0x20
[<810b1ebb>] do_vfs_ioctl+0x46e/0x4a2
[<810a6ebb>] ? fget_light+0x2f/0x70
[<812ce549>] ? sys_recvmsg+0x3e/0x48
[<810b1f35>] sys_ioctl+0x46/0x69
[<8137fa77>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x2
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: Gary Morain <gmorain@google.com>
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Abhijit Pradhan <abhijit@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Most rate control implementations assume .get_rate and .tx_status are only
called once the per-station data has been fully initialized.
minstrel_ht crashes if this assumption is violated.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If you want to use mesh support from mac80211 on a recent
kernel on 2.6.24 you'll run into a name clash when compiling
against include/linux/namei.h, so rename this routine.
/home/mcgrof/tmp/compat-wireless-3.2.5-1/net/mac80211/mesh_pathtbl.c: At top level:
/home/mcgrof/tmp/compat-wireless-3.2.5-1/net/mac80211/mesh_pathtbl.c:342:26: error: conflicting types for ‘path_lookup’
include/linux/namei.h:71:12: note: previous declaration of ‘path_lookup’ was here
Although this could sit as a separate patch in compat-wireless it seems
best to just merge upstream.
Cc: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@frijolero.org>
Acked-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When not debugging mac80211 code, station state transitions do not need to
show up in the kernel log.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are situations where we don't have the
necessary rate control information yet for
station entries, e.g. when associating. This
currently doesn't really happen due to the
dummy station handling; explicitly disabling
rate control when it's not initialised will
allow us to remove dummy stations.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, mac80211 goes to idle-off before starting a scan.
However, some devices that implement hw scan might not
need going idle-off in order to perform a hw scan, and
thus saving some energy and simplifying their state machine.
(Note that this is also the case for sched scan - it
currently doesn't make mac80211 go idle-off)
Add a new flag to indicate support for hw scan while idle.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"ridx" is used as an index into the mcs_mask[] array which has
IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN elements.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the IBSS network is RSN-protected, let userspace authorize the stations
instead of adding them as AUTHORIZED by default.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is the second part of the auth/assoc redesign,
the mac80211 part. This moves the auth/assoc code
out of the work abstraction and into the MLME, so
that we don't flip channels all the time etc.
The only downside is that when we are associated,
we need to drop the association in order to create
a connection to another AP, but for most drivers
this is actually desirable and the ability to do
was never used by any applications. If we want to
implement resource reservation with FT-OTA, we'd
probably best do it with explicit R-O-C in wpa_s.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To track authenticated state seems to have been
a design mistake in cfg80211. It is possible to
have out of band authentication (FT), tracking
multiple authentications caused more problems
than it ever helped, and the implementation in
mac80211 is too complex.
Remove all this complexity, and let userspace
do whatever it wants to, mac80211 can deal with
that just fine. Association is still tracked of
course, but authentication no longer is. Local
auth state changes are thus no longer of value,
so ignore them completely.
This will also help implement SAE -- asking the
driver to do an authentication is now almost
equivalent to sending an authentication frame,
with the exception of shared key authentication
which is still handled completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The dummy STA support was added because I didn't
want to change the driver API at the time. Now
that we have state transitions triggering station
add/remove in the driver, we only call add once a
station reaches ASSOCIATED, so we can remove the
dummy station stuff again.
While at it, tighten the RX check and accept only
port control (EAP) frames from the AP station if
it's not associated yet -- in other cases there's
no race.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of maintaining separate sta_add/sta_remove
callsites, implement it in sta_state when the driver
has no sta_state implementation.
The only behavioural change this should cause is in
secure mesh mode: with this the station entries will
only be created after the stations are set to AUTH.
Given which drivers support mesh, this seems to not
be a problem.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
(based on Eliad's patch)
Add a callback to notify the low-level driver whenever
the state of a station changes. The driver is only
notified when the station is actually in the mac80211
hash table, not for pre-insert state transitions.
To allow the driver to replace sta_add/remove calls
with this, call extra transitions with the NOTEXIST
state.
This callback can fail, so we need to be careful in
handling it when a station is inserted, particularly
in the IBSS case where we still keep the station entry
around for mac80211 purposes.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will be used by drivers later if they
need to have stations inserted all the time,
in mac80211 has no purpose, is never used
and sta_state starts out in NONE.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a station couldn't be uploaded to the driver but
is still kept (only in IBSS mode) we still shouldn't
try to program the keys for it into hardware; fix
this bug by skipping the key upload in this case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Setting keys and updating TKIP keys must use the
BSS sdata (not AP_VLAN), so we translate. Move
the translation into driver-ops wrappers instead
of having it inline in the code to simplify the
normal code flow.
The same can be done for sta_add/remove which
already does the translation in the wrapper.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move the station state modification right before insert,
this just makes the current code more readable (you can
tell that it's before insertion looking at a single
screenful of code) right now, but some upcoming changes
will require this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The current code checks for stored_mpdu_num > 1, causing
the reorder_timer to be triggered indefinitely, but the
frame is never timed-out (until the next packet is received)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Unted the assumption that the sta struct is still accessible before the
synchronize_rcu call we should move the num_sta_ps counter decrement
after synchronize_rcu to avoid incorrect decrements if num_sta_ps.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* Handle MCS masks set by the user.
* Match rates provided by the rate control algorithm to the mask set,
also in HT mode, and switch back to legacy mode if necessary.
* add debugfs files to observate the rate selection
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the driver blocked this specific STA with the help of
ieee80211_sta_block_awake we won't clear WLAN_STA_PS_STA later but
still decrement num_sta_ps. Hence, the next data frame from this
STA will trigger ap_sta_ps_end again and also decrement num_sta_ps
again leading to an incorrect num_sta_ps counter.
This can result in problems with powersaving clients not waking up
from PS because the TIM calculation might be skipped due to the
incorrect num_sta_ps counter.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER is set by ieee80211_sta_block_awake the
num_sta_ps counter is not incremented. Hence, we shouldn't decrement
it in __sta_info_destroy if only WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER is set. This
could result in an incorrect num_sta_ps counter leading to strange side
effects with associated powersaving clients.
Fix this by only decrementing num_sta_ps when WLAN_STA_PS_STA was set
before.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the future, when we start notifying drivers,
state transitions could potentially fail. To make
it easier to distinguish between programming bugs
and driver failures:
* rename sta_info_move_state() to
sta_info_pre_move_state() which can only be
called before the station is inserted (and
check this with a new station flag).
* rename sta_info_move_state_checked() to just
plain sta_info_move_state(), as it will be
the regular function that can fail for more
than just one reason (bad transition or an
error from the driver)
This makes the programming model easier -- one of
the functions can only be called before insertion
and can't fail, the other can fail.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit f1e3be1561.
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> thinks that this patch is
incorrect. I'll defer to his judgment.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, when we are on an IBSS network with no active station,
we would scan for other BSSID, even if fixed_bssid is on, due to
a bug in ibss.c, where fixed_channel would be checked instead of
fixed_bssid. This would trigger useless scans where scan results
would not be used anyway.
This patch also reverts commit 39d02a7d90,
which assumed that the ifibss->fixed_channel check was legitimate
to disable single-channel scans. IBSS single-channel scan should
now be fixed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The sta might be in psm against the ap (e.g. because
this was the before a hw restart), so we explicitly
send a null packet in order to make sure it'll
sync against the ap (and get out of psm).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A mesh node that joins the mesh network is by default a forwarding entity. This patch allows
the mesh node to set as non-forwarding entity. Whenever dot11MeshForwarding is set to 0, the
mesh node can prevent itself from forwarding the traffic which is not destined to him.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It seems that -Wshadow is no longer default in
sparse runs, but let's fix the warnings anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Similar to the previous beacon filtering patch,
make CQM RSSI support depend on the flags that
the driver set for virtual interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Due to firmware limitations, we may not be able to
support beacon filtering on all virtual interfaces.
To allow this in mac80211, introduce per-interface
driver capability flags that the driver sets when
an interface is added.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
__ieee80211_recalc_idle() iterates through the vifs,
sets bss_conf.idle = true if they are disconnected,
and increases "count" if they are not (which later
gets evaluated in order to determine whether the
device is idle).
However, the loop doesn't set bss_conf.idle = false
(along with increasing "count"), causing the device
idle state and the vif idle state to get out of sync
in some cases.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 13c40c5 ("mac80211: Add HT operation modes for IBSS") broke
ibss operation by mistakenly removing the local->oper_channel
update (causing ibss to start on the wrong channel). fix it.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In case of a node re-joining the cell the sta_info structure belonging to it is
first destroyed and then reinserted. In this way its internal state is reset.
The joining operation is recognised thank the Auth frame being received.
This operation is helpful in case of a node being rebooted that is joining the
ad-hoc cell again, before its purge timeout on other nodes expires.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In IBSS mode, whenever a new station is added a 2-way authentication challenge
is performed. Actually this event can be used to recognise a new station joining
the cell even if its sta_info entry is already in the list.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It seems exceedingly unlikely that we'll ever
support swapping rate control algorithms at
runtime, so remove the unused refcounting code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
